1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode 12 */ 13 14 #include "vim.h" 15 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 17 /* 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode 19 */ 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 21 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ 37 38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] 39 40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = 41 { 42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), 44 NULL, 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), 46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), 47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), 48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), 49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), 50 NULL, 51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), 52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), 54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), 58 }; 59 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); 61 62 /* 63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. 64 */ 65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; 66 struct compl_S 67 { 68 compl_T *cp_next; 69 compl_T *cp_prev; 70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ 71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ 72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ 73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when 74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ 75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ 76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ 77 }; 78 79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ 80 #define FREE_FNAME (2) 81 82 /* 83 * All the current matches are stored in a list. 84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. 85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. 86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during 87 * ins_compl_get_exp(). 88 */ 89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; 90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; 91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; 92 93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, 94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ 95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 96 97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string 98 * are used. */ 99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; 100 101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string 102 in compl_leader */ 103 104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When 105 FALSE the match was edited or using 106 the longest common string. */ 107 108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding 109 completions. */ 110 111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ 112 113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's 114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ 115 static int compl_started = FALSE; 116 117 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, 118 * which is not allowed. */ 119 static int compl_busy = FALSE; 120 121 static int compl_matches = 0; 122 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; 123 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; 124 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; 125 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ 126 static pos_T compl_startpos; 127 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts 128 * that is being completed */ 129 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before 130 * completion started */ 131 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; 132 static expand_T compl_xp; 133 134 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); 135 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); 136 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); 137 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); 138 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); 139 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); 140 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); 141 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); 142 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); 143 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); 144 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); 145 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); 146 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); 147 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); 148 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); 149 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); 150 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); 151 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); 152 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); 153 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); 154 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); 155 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); 156 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); 157 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); 158 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); 159 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); 160 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 161 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); 162 #endif 163 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); 164 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); 165 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); 166 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); 167 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); 168 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); 169 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); 170 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); 171 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); 172 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); 173 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 174 175 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 176 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 177 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 178 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 179 180 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); 181 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); 182 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); 183 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); 184 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); 185 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); 186 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); 187 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); 188 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 189 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); 190 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); 191 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ 192 #endif 193 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); 194 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); 195 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); 196 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); 197 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); 198 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 199 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); 200 #endif 201 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); 202 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); 203 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); 204 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 205 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); 206 #endif 207 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); 208 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); 209 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); 210 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); 211 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 212 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); 213 #endif 214 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 215 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); 216 #endif 217 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); 218 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); 219 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); 220 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); 221 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); 222 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 223 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); 224 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); 225 #endif 226 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 227 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); 228 #endif 229 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); 230 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); 231 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); 232 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); 233 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); 234 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); 235 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); 236 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); 237 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); 238 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); 239 #ifdef FEAT_DND 240 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); 241 #endif 242 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); 243 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); 244 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 245 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); 246 #endif 247 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); 248 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); 249 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 250 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); 251 #endif 252 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); 253 254 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ 255 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ 256 257 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, 258 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ 259 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ 260 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ 261 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ 262 263 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 264 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ 265 #endif 266 267 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ 268 269 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 270 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ 271 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ 272 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ 273 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ 274 #endif 275 276 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a 277 char. Set when edit() is called. 278 after that arrow_used is used. */ 279 280 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space 281 under the cursor */ 282 283 /* 284 * edit(): Start inserting text. 285 * 286 * "cmdchar" can be: 287 * 'i' normal insert command 288 * 'a' normal append command 289 * 'R' replace command 290 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, 291 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. 292 * 'g' "gI" command. 293 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. 294 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. 295 * 296 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns 297 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. 298 * 299 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). 300 */ 301 int 302 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) 303 int cmdchar; 304 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ 305 long count; 306 { 307 int c = 0; 308 char_u *ptr; 309 int lastc; 310 int mincol; 311 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; 312 int i; 313 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ 314 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 315 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ 316 #endif 317 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ 318 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 319 int old_topfill = -1; 320 #endif 321 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ 322 int replaceState = REPLACE; 323 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ 324 325 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ 326 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; 327 328 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an 329 * error message */ 330 check_for_delay(TRUE); 331 332 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX 333 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ 334 if (sandbox != 0) 335 { 336 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); 337 return FALSE; 338 } 339 #endif 340 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The 341 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ 342 if (textlock != 0) 343 { 344 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 345 return FALSE; 346 } 347 348 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 349 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ 350 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) 351 { 352 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 353 return FALSE; 354 } 355 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ 356 #endif 357 358 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 359 /* 360 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". 361 */ 362 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 363 { 364 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 365 if (cmdchar == 'R') 366 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; 367 else if (cmdchar == 'V') 368 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; 369 else 370 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; 371 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); 372 # endif 373 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 374 } 375 #endif 376 377 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 378 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If 379 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ 380 conceal_check_cursur_line(); 381 #endif 382 383 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 384 /* 385 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to 386 * where the paste started. 387 */ 388 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) 389 Insstart = where_paste_started; 390 else 391 #endif 392 { 393 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 394 if (startln) 395 Insstart.col = 0; 396 } 397 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 398 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; 399 if (!did_ai) 400 ai_col = 0; 401 402 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) 403 { 404 ResetRedobuff(); 405 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); 406 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 407 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 408 { 409 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ 410 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); 411 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); 412 } 413 else 414 #endif 415 { 416 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); 417 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ 418 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); 419 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ 420 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ 421 } 422 } 423 424 if (cmdchar == 'R') 425 { 426 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 427 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 428 { 429 beep_flush(); 430 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 431 State = INSERT; 432 } 433 else 434 #endif 435 State = REPLACE; 436 } 437 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 438 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 439 { 440 State = VREPLACE; 441 replaceState = VREPLACE; 442 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 443 vr_lines_changed = 1; 444 } 445 #endif 446 else 447 State = INSERT; 448 449 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; 450 451 /* 452 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is 453 * on a TAB or special character. 454 */ 455 curs_columns(TRUE); 456 457 /* 458 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. 459 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the 460 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated 461 * when hitting <Esc>. 462 */ 463 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) 464 State |= LANGMAP; 465 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 466 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); 467 #endif 468 469 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 470 setmouse(); 471 #endif 472 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 473 clear_showcmd(); 474 #endif 475 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 476 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ 477 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 478 if (revins_on) 479 undisplay_dollar(); 480 revins_chars = 0; 481 revins_legal = 0; 482 revins_scol = -1; 483 #endif 484 485 /* 486 * Handle restarting Insert mode. 487 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with 488 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. 489 */ 490 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) 491 { 492 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 493 /* 494 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for 495 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. 496 */ 497 if (where_paste_started.lnum) 498 arrow_used = FALSE; 499 else 500 #endif 501 arrow_used = TRUE; 502 restart_edit = 0; 503 504 /* 505 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is 506 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not 507 * correct in very rare cases). 508 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual 509 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". 510 */ 511 validate_virtcol(); 512 update_curswant(); 513 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) 514 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) 515 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) 516 { 517 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 518 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 519 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 520 else if (has_mbyte) 521 { 522 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 523 if (ptr[i] == NUL) 524 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; 525 } 526 #endif 527 } 528 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 529 } 530 else 531 arrow_used = FALSE; 532 533 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ 534 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; 535 536 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ 537 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 538 539 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 540 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; 541 #endif 542 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 543 can_cindent = TRUE; 544 #endif 545 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 546 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or 547 * restarting. */ 548 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 549 foldOpenCursor(); 550 #endif 551 552 /* 553 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. 554 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before 555 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. 556 */ 557 i = 0; 558 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 559 i = showmode(); 560 561 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 562 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); 563 564 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 565 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 566 #endif 567 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 568 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 569 #endif 570 571 /* 572 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be 573 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. 574 */ 575 ptr = get_inserted(); 576 if (ptr == NULL) 577 new_insert_skip = 0; 578 else 579 { 580 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 581 vim_free(ptr); 582 } 583 584 old_indent = 0; 585 586 /* 587 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. 588 */ 589 for (;;) 590 { 591 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 592 if (!revins_legal) 593 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ 594 else 595 revins_legal = 0; 596 #endif 597 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ 598 count = 0; 599 600 if (stop_insert_mode) 601 { 602 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ 603 count = 0; 604 goto doESCkey; 605 } 606 607 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ 608 if (!arrow_used) 609 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 610 611 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a 612 * menu invoked a shell command). */ 613 if (stuff_empty()) 614 { 615 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 616 if (need_check_timestamps) 617 check_timestamps(FALSE); 618 } 619 620 /* 621 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. 622 */ 623 msg_scroll = FALSE; 624 625 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 626 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to 627 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an 628 * autocommand. */ 629 if (need_mouse_correct) 630 gui_mouse_correct(); 631 #endif 632 633 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 634 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ 635 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) 636 foldOpenCursor(); 637 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ 638 if (!char_avail()) 639 foldCheckClose(); 640 #endif 641 642 /* 643 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in 644 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra 645 * redraw. 646 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting 647 * something. 648 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has 649 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). 650 */ 651 if (curbuf->b_mod_set 652 && curwin->w_p_wrap 653 && !did_backspace 654 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline 655 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 656 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill 657 #endif 658 ) 659 { 660 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; 661 validate_cursor_col(); 662 663 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts 664 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) 665 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so 666 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline 667 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 668 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 669 #endif 670 )) 671 { 672 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 673 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) 674 --curwin->w_topfill; 675 else 676 #endif 677 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 678 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) 679 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); 680 else 681 #endif 682 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); 683 } 684 } 685 686 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ 687 update_topline(); 688 689 did_backspace = FALSE; 690 691 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ 692 693 /* 694 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. 695 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. 696 */ 697 ins_redraw(TRUE); 698 699 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND 700 if (curwin->w_p_scb) 701 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); 702 #endif 703 704 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND 705 if (curwin->w_p_crb) 706 do_check_cursorbind(); 707 #endif 708 update_curswant(); 709 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 710 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 711 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 712 #endif 713 714 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 715 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 716 #endif 717 718 /* 719 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. 720 */ 721 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ 722 do 723 { 724 c = safe_vgetc(); 725 } while (c == K_IGNORE); 726 727 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 728 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ 729 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 730 #endif 731 732 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 733 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 734 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 735 #endif 736 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 737 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) 738 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ 739 #endif 740 741 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 742 /* 743 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted 744 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is 745 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. 746 */ 747 if (compl_started 748 && pum_wanted() 749 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col 750 && (compl_shown_match == NULL 751 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) 752 { 753 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ 754 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) 755 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col 756 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) 757 continue; 758 759 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ 760 if (!compl_used_match) 761 { 762 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to 763 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and 764 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ 765 if (c == Ctrl_L 766 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 767 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) 768 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) 769 { 770 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); 771 continue; 772 } 773 774 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current 775 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ 776 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) 777 { 778 ins_compl_addleader(c); 779 continue; 780 } 781 782 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When 783 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 784 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 785 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 786 { 787 ins_compl_delete(); 788 ins_compl_insert(); 789 } 790 } 791 } 792 793 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but 794 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ 795 compl_get_longest = FALSE; 796 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) 797 continue; 798 #endif 799 800 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, 801 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', 802 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ 803 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) 804 { 805 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 806 ins_redraw(FALSE); 807 ++no_mapping; 808 ++allow_keys; 809 c = plain_vgetc(); 810 --no_mapping; 811 --allow_keys; 812 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) 813 { 814 /* it's something else */ 815 vungetc(c); 816 c = Ctrl_BSL; 817 } 818 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) 819 continue; 820 else 821 { 822 if (c == Ctrl_O) 823 { 824 ins_ctrl_o(); 825 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ 826 nomove = TRUE; 827 } 828 count = 0; 829 goto doESCkey; 830 } 831 } 832 833 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 834 c = do_digraph(c); 835 #endif 836 837 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 838 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 839 goto docomplete; 840 #endif 841 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) 842 { 843 ins_ctrl_v(); 844 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ 845 continue; 846 } 847 848 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 849 if (cindent_on() 850 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 851 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 852 # endif 853 ) 854 { 855 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be 856 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. 857 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be 858 * done before inserting the key. */ 859 line_is_white = inindent(0); 860 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) 861 goto force_cindent; 862 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) 863 && stop_arrow() == OK) 864 do_c_expr_indent(); 865 } 866 #endif 867 868 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 869 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 870 switch (c) 871 { 872 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; 873 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; 874 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; 875 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; 876 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; 877 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; 878 } 879 #endif 880 881 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 882 /* 883 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it 884 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these 885 * characters. 886 */ 887 if (ins_start_select(c)) 888 continue; 889 #endif 890 891 /* 892 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. 893 */ 894 switch (c) 895 { 896 case ESC: /* End input mode */ 897 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) 898 break; 899 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 900 901 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ 902 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 903 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) 904 { 905 /* Close the cmdline window. */ 906 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; 907 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ 908 nomove = TRUE; 909 goto doESCkey; 910 } 911 #endif 912 913 #ifdef UNIX 914 do_intr: 915 #endif 916 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave 917 * Insert mode */ 918 if (goto_im()) 919 { 920 if (got_int) 921 { 922 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ 923 got_int = FALSE; 924 } 925 else 926 vim_beep(); 927 break; 928 } 929 doESCkey: 930 /* 931 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! 932 */ 933 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line 934 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ 935 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 936 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 937 938 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) 939 { 940 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 941 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 942 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, 943 FALSE, curbuf); 944 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 945 #endif 946 return (c == Ctrl_O); 947 } 948 continue; 949 950 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ 951 if (!p_im) 952 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ 953 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); 954 c = Ctrl_O; 955 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 956 957 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ 958 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 959 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 960 goto docomplete; 961 #endif 962 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) 963 break; 964 ins_ctrl_o(); 965 966 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 967 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ 968 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) 969 { 970 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 971 nomove = TRUE; 972 } 973 #endif 974 count = 0; 975 goto doESCkey; 976 977 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ 978 case K_KINS: 979 ins_insert(replaceState); 980 break; 981 982 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ 983 break; 984 985 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF 986 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ 987 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); 988 goto doESCkey; 989 #endif 990 991 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ 992 case K_F1: 993 case K_XF1: 994 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); 995 if (p_im) 996 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; 997 goto doESCkey; 998 999 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 1000 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ 1001 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 1002 i = plain_vgetc(); 1003 --no_mapping; 1004 netbeans_keycommand(i); 1005 break; 1006 #endif 1007 1008 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ 1009 case NUL: 1010 case Ctrl_A: 1011 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an 1012 * error. */ 1013 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL 1014 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) 1015 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ 1016 inserted_space = FALSE; 1017 break; 1018 1019 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ 1020 ins_reg(); 1021 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1022 inserted_space = FALSE; 1023 break; 1024 1025 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ 1026 ins_ctrl_g(); 1027 break; 1028 1029 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ 1030 ins_ctrl_hat(); 1031 break; 1032 1033 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1034 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ 1035 if (!p_ari) 1036 goto normalchar; 1037 ins_ctrl_(); 1038 break; 1039 #endif 1040 1041 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ 1042 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1043 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 1044 goto docomplete; 1045 #endif 1046 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1047 1048 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ 1049 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1050 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 1051 { 1052 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) 1053 goto docomplete; 1054 break; 1055 } 1056 # endif 1057 ins_shift(c, lastc); 1058 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1059 inserted_space = FALSE; 1060 break; 1061 1062 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ 1063 case K_KDEL: 1064 ins_del(); 1065 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1066 break; 1067 1068 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ 1069 case Ctrl_H: 1070 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); 1071 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1072 break; 1073 1074 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ 1075 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); 1076 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1077 break; 1078 1079 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ 1080 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1081 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ 1082 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) 1083 goto docomplete; 1084 # endif 1085 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); 1086 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1087 inserted_space = FALSE; 1088 break; 1089 1090 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 1091 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ 1092 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: 1093 case K_LEFTDRAG: 1094 case K_LEFTRELEASE: 1095 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: 1096 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: 1097 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: 1098 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: 1099 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: 1100 case K_RIGHTDRAG: 1101 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: 1102 case K_X1MOUSE: 1103 case K_X1DRAG: 1104 case K_X1RELEASE: 1105 case K_X2MOUSE: 1106 case K_X2DRAG: 1107 case K_X2RELEASE: 1108 ins_mouse(c); 1109 break; 1110 1111 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ 1112 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); 1113 break; 1114 1115 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ 1116 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); 1117 break; 1118 1119 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ 1120 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); 1121 break; 1122 1123 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ 1124 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); 1125 break; 1126 #endif 1127 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 1128 case K_TABLINE: 1129 case K_TABMENU: 1130 ins_tabline(c); 1131 break; 1132 #endif 1133 1134 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ 1135 break; 1136 1137 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1138 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ 1139 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1140 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 1141 break; 1142 #endif 1143 1144 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 1145 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was 1146 * cancelled. */ 1147 case K_F4: 1148 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) 1149 goto normalchar; 1150 break; 1151 #endif 1152 1153 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 1154 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: 1155 ins_scroll(); 1156 break; 1157 1158 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: 1159 ins_horscroll(); 1160 break; 1161 #endif 1162 1163 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ 1164 case K_KHOME: 1165 case K_S_HOME: 1166 case K_C_HOME: 1167 ins_home(c); 1168 break; 1169 1170 case K_END: /* <End> */ 1171 case K_KEND: 1172 case K_S_END: 1173 case K_C_END: 1174 ins_end(c); 1175 break; 1176 1177 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ 1178 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1179 ins_s_left(); 1180 else 1181 ins_left(); 1182 break; 1183 1184 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ 1185 case K_C_LEFT: 1186 ins_s_left(); 1187 break; 1188 1189 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ 1190 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1191 ins_s_right(); 1192 else 1193 ins_right(); 1194 break; 1195 1196 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ 1197 case K_C_RIGHT: 1198 ins_s_right(); 1199 break; 1200 1201 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ 1202 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1203 if (pum_visible()) 1204 goto docomplete; 1205 #endif 1206 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1207 ins_pageup(); 1208 else 1209 ins_up(FALSE); 1210 break; 1211 1212 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ 1213 case K_PAGEUP: 1214 case K_KPAGEUP: 1215 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1216 if (pum_visible()) 1217 goto docomplete; 1218 #endif 1219 ins_pageup(); 1220 break; 1221 1222 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ 1223 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1224 if (pum_visible()) 1225 goto docomplete; 1226 #endif 1227 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1228 ins_pagedown(); 1229 else 1230 ins_down(FALSE); 1231 break; 1232 1233 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ 1234 case K_PAGEDOWN: 1235 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 1236 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1237 if (pum_visible()) 1238 goto docomplete; 1239 #endif 1240 ins_pagedown(); 1241 break; 1242 1243 #ifdef FEAT_DND 1244 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ 1245 ins_drop(); 1246 break; 1247 #endif 1248 1249 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ 1250 c = TAB; 1251 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1252 1253 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ 1254 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1255 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 1256 goto docomplete; 1257 #endif 1258 inserted_space = FALSE; 1259 if (ins_tab()) 1260 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ 1261 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1262 break; 1263 1264 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ 1265 c = CAR; 1266 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1267 case CAR: 1268 case NL: 1269 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) 1270 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the 1271 * cursor. */ 1272 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) 1273 { 1274 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ 1275 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); 1276 else /* location list window */ 1277 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); 1278 break; 1279 } 1280 #endif 1281 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 1282 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 1283 { 1284 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ 1285 cmdwin_result = CAR; 1286 goto doESCkey; 1287 } 1288 #endif 1289 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) 1290 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ 1291 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); 1292 inserted_space = FALSE; 1293 break; 1294 1295 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) 1296 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ 1297 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1298 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) 1299 { 1300 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) 1301 goto docomplete; 1302 break; 1303 } 1304 # endif 1305 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 1306 c = ins_digraph(); 1307 if (c == NUL) 1308 break; 1309 # endif 1310 goto normalchar; 1311 #endif 1312 1313 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1314 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ 1315 ins_ctrl_x(); 1316 break; 1317 1318 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ 1319 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) 1320 goto normalchar; 1321 goto docomplete; 1322 1323 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ 1324 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) 1325 goto normalchar; 1326 goto docomplete; 1327 1328 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ 1329 case Ctrl_S: 1330 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) 1331 goto normalchar; 1332 goto docomplete; 1333 #endif 1334 1335 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ 1336 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1337 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 1338 #endif 1339 { 1340 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ 1341 if (p_im) 1342 { 1343 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) 1344 break; 1345 goto doESCkey; 1346 } 1347 goto normalchar; 1348 } 1349 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1350 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1351 1352 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ 1353 case Ctrl_N: 1354 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, 1355 * but it is under other ^X modes */ 1356 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL 1357 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 1358 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) 1359 goto normalchar; 1360 1361 docomplete: 1362 compl_busy = TRUE; 1363 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) 1364 compl_cont_status = 0; 1365 compl_busy = FALSE; 1366 break; 1367 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 1368 1369 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ 1370 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ 1371 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); 1372 break; 1373 1374 default: 1375 #ifdef UNIX 1376 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ 1377 goto do_intr; 1378 #endif 1379 1380 /* 1381 * Insert a nomal character. 1382 */ 1383 normalchar: 1384 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 1385 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ 1386 ins_try_si(c); 1387 #endif 1388 1389 if (c == ' ') 1390 { 1391 inserted_space = TRUE; 1392 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1393 if (inindent(0)) 1394 can_cindent = FALSE; 1395 #endif 1396 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL 1397 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 1398 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 1399 } 1400 1401 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr( 1402 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1403 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is 1404 * what check_abbr() expects. */ 1405 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : 1406 #endif 1407 c)) 1408 { 1409 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); 1410 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1411 revins_legal++; 1412 revins_chars++; 1413 #endif 1414 } 1415 1416 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1417 1418 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1419 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a 1420 * closed fold. */ 1421 foldOpenCursor(); 1422 #endif 1423 break; 1424 } /* end of switch (c) */ 1425 1426 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1427 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ 1428 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) 1429 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 1430 #endif 1431 1432 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ 1433 if (arrow_used) 1434 inserted_space = FALSE; 1435 1436 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1437 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() 1438 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1439 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 1440 # endif 1441 ) 1442 { 1443 force_cindent: 1444 /* 1445 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 1446 */ 1447 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) 1448 { 1449 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 1450 /* re-indent the current line */ 1451 do_c_expr_indent(); 1452 } 1453 } 1454 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 1455 1456 } /* for (;;) */ 1457 /* NOTREACHED */ 1458 } 1459 1460 /* 1461 * Redraw for Insert mode. 1462 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' 1463 * option work correctly. 1464 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up 1465 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). 1466 */ 1467 static void 1468 ins_redraw(ready) 1469 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ 1470 { 1471 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1472 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; 1473 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; 1474 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; 1475 #endif 1476 1477 if (!char_avail()) 1478 { 1479 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1480 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is 1481 * visible, the command might delete it. */ 1482 if (ready && ( 1483 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1484 has_cursormovedI() 1485 # endif 1486 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1487 || 1488 # endif 1489 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1490 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 1491 # endif 1492 ) 1493 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) 1494 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1495 && !pum_visible() 1496 # endif 1497 ) 1498 { 1499 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1500 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax 1501 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting 1502 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done 1503 * again below, unfortunately. */ 1504 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) 1505 update_screen(0); 1506 # endif 1507 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1508 if (has_cursormovedI()) 1509 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1510 # endif 1511 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1512 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) 1513 { 1514 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; 1515 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1516 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; 1517 } 1518 # endif 1519 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; 1520 } 1521 #endif 1522 if (must_redraw) 1523 update_screen(0); 1524 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 1525 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ 1526 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1527 if ((conceal_update_lines 1528 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line 1529 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) 1530 || need_cursor_line_redraw) 1531 { 1532 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) 1533 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); 1534 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 1535 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); 1536 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; 1537 } 1538 # endif 1539 showruler(FALSE); 1540 setcursor(); 1541 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ 1542 } 1543 } 1544 1545 /* 1546 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. 1547 */ 1548 static void 1549 ins_ctrl_v() 1550 { 1551 int c; 1552 1553 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 1554 ins_redraw(FALSE); 1555 1556 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 1557 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); 1558 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 1559 1560 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1561 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); 1562 #endif 1563 1564 c = get_literal(); 1565 edit_unputchar(); /* when line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start 1566 of the next line and will not be redrawn */ 1567 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1568 clear_showcmd(); 1569 #endif 1570 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); 1571 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1572 revins_chars++; 1573 revins_legal++; 1574 #endif 1575 } 1576 1577 /* 1578 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. 1579 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. 1580 */ 1581 static int pc_status; 1582 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ 1583 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ 1584 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ 1585 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ 1586 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1587 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ 1588 #else 1589 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ 1590 #endif 1591 static int pc_attr; 1592 static int pc_row; 1593 static int pc_col; 1594 1595 void 1596 edit_putchar(c, highlight) 1597 int c; 1598 int highlight; 1599 { 1600 int attr; 1601 1602 if (ScreenLines != NULL) 1603 { 1604 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ 1605 validate_cursor(); 1606 if (highlight) 1607 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 1608 else 1609 attr = 0; 1610 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; 1611 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); 1612 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1613 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 1614 #endif 1615 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1616 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 1617 { 1618 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; 1619 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1620 if (has_mbyte) 1621 { 1622 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); 1623 1624 if (fix_col != pc_col) 1625 { 1626 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); 1627 --curwin->w_wcol; 1628 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; 1629 } 1630 } 1631 # endif 1632 } 1633 else 1634 #endif 1635 { 1636 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; 1637 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1638 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) 1639 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; 1640 #endif 1641 } 1642 1643 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ 1644 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1645 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) 1646 #endif 1647 { 1648 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); 1649 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; 1650 } 1651 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 1655 /* 1656 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). 1657 */ 1658 void 1659 edit_unputchar() 1660 { 1661 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) 1662 { 1663 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1664 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) 1665 ++curwin->w_wcol; 1666 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) 1667 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1668 else 1669 #endif 1670 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); 1671 } 1672 } 1673 1674 /* 1675 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text 1676 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. 1677 */ 1678 void 1679 display_dollar(col) 1680 colnr_T col; 1681 { 1682 colnr_T save_col; 1683 1684 if (!redrawing()) 1685 return; 1686 1687 cursor_off(); 1688 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1689 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 1690 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1691 if (has_mbyte) 1692 { 1693 char_u *p; 1694 1695 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ 1696 p = ml_get_curline(); 1697 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); 1698 } 1699 #endif 1700 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ 1701 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) 1702 { 1703 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); 1704 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 1705 } 1706 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 1707 } 1708 1709 /* 1710 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position 1711 * in insert mode. 1712 */ 1713 static void 1714 undisplay_dollar() 1715 { 1716 if (dollar_vcol) 1717 { 1718 dollar_vcol = 0; 1719 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1720 } 1721 } 1722 1723 /* 1724 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). 1725 * Keep the cursor on the same character. 1726 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) 1727 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) 1728 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" 1729 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). 1730 */ 1731 void 1732 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) 1733 int type; 1734 int amount; 1735 int round; 1736 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ 1737 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ 1738 { 1739 int vcol; 1740 int last_vcol; 1741 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ 1742 int new_cursor_col; 1743 int i; 1744 char_u *ptr; 1745 int save_p_list; 1746 int start_col; 1747 colnr_T vc; 1748 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1749 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ 1750 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 1751 1752 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ 1753 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1754 { 1755 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ 1756 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1757 } 1758 #endif 1759 1760 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ 1761 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; 1762 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 1763 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 1764 vcol = vc; 1765 1766 /* 1767 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only 1768 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of 1769 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. 1770 */ 1771 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1772 1773 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ 1774 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1775 beginline(BL_WHITE); 1776 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1777 1778 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1779 1780 /* 1781 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the 1782 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. 1783 */ 1784 if (new_cursor_col < 0) 1785 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1786 1787 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ 1788 start_col = -1; 1789 1790 /* 1791 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. 1792 */ 1793 if (type == INDENT_SET) 1794 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); 1795 else 1796 { 1797 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1798 int save_State = State; 1799 1800 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ 1801 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1802 State = INSERT; 1803 #endif 1804 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); 1805 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1806 State = save_State; 1807 #endif 1808 } 1809 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1810 1811 /* 1812 * Try to put cursor on same character. 1813 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, 1814 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first 1815 * non-blank character. 1816 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. 1817 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative 1818 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. 1819 */ 1820 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) 1821 { 1822 /* 1823 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset 1824 * Insstart_col to 0. 1825 */ 1826 if (new_cursor_col == 0) 1827 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 1828 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; 1829 } 1830 else if (!(State & INSERT)) 1831 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1832 else 1833 { 1834 /* 1835 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. 1836 */ 1837 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1838 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); 1839 1840 /* 1841 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. 1842 */ 1843 vcol = last_vcol = 0; 1844 new_cursor_col = -1; 1845 ptr = ml_get_curline(); 1846 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 1847 { 1848 last_vcol = vcol; 1849 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1850 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) 1851 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); 1852 else 1853 #endif 1854 ++new_cursor_col; 1855 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); 1856 } 1857 vcol = last_vcol; 1858 1859 /* 1860 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on 1861 * the right screen column. 1862 */ 1863 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 1864 { 1865 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 1866 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; 1867 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); 1868 if (ptr != NULL) 1869 { 1870 new_cursor_col += i; 1871 ptr[i] = NUL; 1872 while (--i >= 0) 1873 ptr[i] = ' '; 1874 ins_str(ptr); 1875 vim_free(ptr); 1876 } 1877 } 1878 1879 /* 1880 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset 1881 * Insstart_col to 0. 1882 */ 1883 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 1884 } 1885 1886 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; 1887 1888 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) 1889 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 1890 else 1891 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 1892 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 1893 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 1894 1895 /* 1896 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. 1897 */ 1898 if (State & INSERT) 1899 { 1900 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) 1901 { 1902 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) 1903 Insstart.col = 0; 1904 else 1905 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; 1906 } 1907 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) 1908 ai_col = 0; 1909 else 1910 ai_col -= insstart_less; 1911 } 1912 1913 /* 1914 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. 1915 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a 1916 * few characters from the replace stack. 1917 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a 1918 * few NULs onto the replace stack. 1919 */ 1920 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) 1921 { 1922 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) 1923 { 1924 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 1925 --start_col; 1926 } 1927 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) 1928 { 1929 replace_push(NUL); 1930 if (replaced) 1931 { 1932 replace_push(replaced); 1933 replaced = NUL; 1934 } 1935 ++start_col; 1936 } 1937 } 1938 1939 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1940 /* 1941 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case 1942 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then 1943 * put it back again the way we wanted it. 1944 */ 1945 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1946 { 1947 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, 1948 * even if you can't backspace. */ 1949 if (orig_line == NULL) 1950 return; 1951 1952 /* Save new line */ 1953 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 1954 if (new_line == NULL) 1955 return; 1956 1957 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ 1958 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; 1959 1960 /* Put back original line */ 1961 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); 1962 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 1963 1964 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ 1965 backspace_until_column(0); 1966 1967 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ 1968 ins_bytes(new_line); 1969 1970 vim_free(new_line); 1971 } 1972 #endif 1973 } 1974 1975 /* 1976 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an 1977 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE 1978 * modes. 1979 */ 1980 void 1981 truncate_spaces(line) 1982 char_u *line; 1983 { 1984 int i; 1985 1986 /* find start of trailing white space */ 1987 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) 1988 { 1989 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 1990 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 1991 } 1992 line[i + 1] = NUL; 1993 } 1994 1995 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ 1996 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) 1997 /* 1998 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE 1999 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. 2000 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing 2001 * character. 2002 */ 2003 void 2004 backspace_until_column(col) 2005 int col; 2006 { 2007 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) 2008 { 2009 curwin->w_cursor.col--; 2010 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 2011 replace_do_bs(col); 2012 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) 2013 break; 2014 } 2015 } 2016 #endif 2017 2018 /* 2019 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". 2020 * Only matters when there are composing characters. 2021 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. 2022 */ 2023 static int 2024 del_char_after_col(limit_col) 2025 int limit_col UNUSED; 2026 { 2027 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2028 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) 2029 { 2030 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; 2031 2032 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but 2033 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a 2034 * composing character. */ 2035 mb_adjust_cursor(); 2036 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) 2037 { 2038 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); 2039 2040 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ 2041 break; 2042 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 2043 } 2044 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) 2045 return FALSE; 2046 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); 2047 } 2048 else 2049 #endif 2050 (void)del_char(FALSE); 2051 return TRUE; 2052 } 2053 2054 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) 2055 /* 2056 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. 2057 */ 2058 static void 2059 ins_ctrl_x() 2060 { 2061 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X 2062 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ 2063 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 2064 { 2065 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset 2066 * compl_cont_status */ 2067 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) 2068 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; 2069 else 2070 compl_cont_status = 0; 2071 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ 2072 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 2073 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 2074 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 2075 showmode(); 2076 } 2077 } 2078 2079 /* 2080 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. 2081 */ 2082 static int 2083 has_compl_option(dict_opt) 2084 int dict_opt; 2085 { 2086 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL 2087 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2088 && !curwin->w_p_spell 2089 # endif 2090 ) 2091 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) 2092 { 2093 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 2094 edit_submode = NULL; 2095 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") 2096 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), 2097 hl_attr(HLF_E)); 2098 if (emsg_silent == 0) 2099 { 2100 vim_beep(); 2101 setcursor(); 2102 out_flush(); 2103 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); 2104 } 2105 return FALSE; 2106 } 2107 return TRUE; 2108 } 2109 2110 /* 2111 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? 2112 * This depends on the current mode. 2113 */ 2114 int 2115 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) 2116 int c; 2117 { 2118 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ 2119 if (c == Ctrl_R) 2120 return TRUE; 2121 2122 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ 2123 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 2124 return TRUE; 2125 2126 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2127 { 2128 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ 2129 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); 2130 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: 2131 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E 2132 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB 2133 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P 2134 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V 2135 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O 2136 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's'); 2137 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: 2138 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); 2139 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2140 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2141 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2142 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2143 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 2144 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2145 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 2146 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2147 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 2148 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2149 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 2150 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 2151 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2152 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 2153 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2154 #endif 2155 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2156 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N 2157 || c == Ctrl_X); 2158 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 2159 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 2160 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2161 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2162 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2163 #endif 2164 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 2165 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2166 } 2167 EMSG(_(e_internal)); 2168 return FALSE; 2169 } 2170 2171 /* 2172 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being 2173 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu 2174 * is visible. 2175 */ 2176 static int 2177 ins_compl_accept_char(c) 2178 int c; 2179 { 2180 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 2181 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ 2182 return vim_isIDc(c); 2183 2184 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2185 { 2186 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2187 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not 2188 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in 2189 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ 2190 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); 2191 2192 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2193 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2194 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any 2195 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ 2196 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); 2197 2198 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2199 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ 2200 return vim_isprintc(c); 2201 } 2202 return vim_iswordc(c); 2203 } 2204 2205 /* 2206 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the 2207 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed 2208 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted 2209 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb 2210 */ 2211 int 2212 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) 2213 char_u *str; 2214 int len; 2215 int icase; 2216 char_u *fname; 2217 int dir; 2218 int flags; 2219 { 2220 char_u *p; 2221 int i, c; 2222 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ 2223 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ 2224 int min_len; 2225 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ 2226 int has_lower = FALSE; 2227 int was_letter = FALSE; 2228 2229 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) 2230 { 2231 /* Infer case of completed part. */ 2232 2233 /* Find actual length of completion. */ 2234 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2235 if (has_mbyte) 2236 { 2237 p = str; 2238 actual_len = 0; 2239 while (*p != NUL) 2240 { 2241 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2242 ++actual_len; 2243 } 2244 } 2245 else 2246 #endif 2247 actual_len = len; 2248 2249 /* Find actual length of original text. */ 2250 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2251 if (has_mbyte) 2252 { 2253 p = compl_orig_text; 2254 actual_compl_length = 0; 2255 while (*p != NUL) 2256 { 2257 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2258 ++actual_compl_length; 2259 } 2260 } 2261 else 2262 #endif 2263 actual_compl_length = compl_length; 2264 2265 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using 2266 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ 2267 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length 2268 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; 2269 2270 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ 2271 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); 2272 if (wca != NULL) 2273 { 2274 p = str; 2275 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) 2276 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2277 if (has_mbyte) 2278 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2279 else 2280 #endif 2281 wca[i] = *(p++); 2282 2283 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ 2284 p = compl_orig_text; 2285 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2286 { 2287 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2288 if (has_mbyte) 2289 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2290 else 2291 #endif 2292 c = *(p++); 2293 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2294 { 2295 has_lower = TRUE; 2296 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) 2297 { 2298 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ 2299 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2300 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2301 break; 2302 } 2303 } 2304 } 2305 2306 /* 2307 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to 2308 * upper case. 2309 */ 2310 if (!has_lower) 2311 { 2312 p = compl_orig_text; 2313 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2314 { 2315 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2316 if (has_mbyte) 2317 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2318 else 2319 #endif 2320 c = *(p++); 2321 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) 2322 { 2323 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ 2324 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2325 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2326 break; 2327 } 2328 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); 2329 } 2330 } 2331 2332 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ 2333 p = compl_orig_text; 2334 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2335 { 2336 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2337 if (has_mbyte) 2338 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2339 else 2340 #endif 2341 c = *(p++); 2342 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2343 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2344 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) 2345 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2346 } 2347 2348 /* 2349 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. 2350 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than 2351 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay 2352 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. 2353 */ 2354 p = IObuff; 2355 i = 0; 2356 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) 2357 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2358 if (has_mbyte) 2359 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); 2360 else 2361 #endif 2362 *(p++) = wca[i++]; 2363 *p = NUL; 2364 2365 vim_free(wca); 2366 } 2367 2368 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, 2369 flags, FALSE); 2370 } 2371 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); 2372 } 2373 2374 /* 2375 * Add a match to the list of matches. 2376 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 2377 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 2378 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 2379 */ 2380 static int 2381 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) 2382 char_u *str; 2383 int len; 2384 int icase; 2385 char_u *fname; 2386 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ 2387 int cdir; 2388 int flags; 2389 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ 2390 { 2391 compl_T *match; 2392 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); 2393 2394 ui_breakcheck(); 2395 if (got_int) 2396 return FAIL; 2397 if (len < 0) 2398 len = (int)STRLEN(str); 2399 2400 /* 2401 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. 2402 */ 2403 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) 2404 { 2405 match = compl_first_match; 2406 do 2407 { 2408 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2409 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 2410 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) 2411 return NOTDONE; 2412 match = match->cp_next; 2413 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); 2414 } 2415 2416 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ 2417 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2418 2419 /* 2420 * Allocate a new match structure. 2421 * Copy the values to the new match structure. 2422 */ 2423 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); 2424 if (match == NULL) 2425 return FAIL; 2426 match->cp_number = -1; 2427 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2428 match->cp_number = 0; 2429 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) 2430 { 2431 vim_free(match); 2432 return FAIL; 2433 } 2434 match->cp_icase = icase; 2435 2436 /* match-fname is: 2437 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. 2438 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. 2439 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ 2440 if (fname != NULL 2441 && compl_curr_match != NULL 2442 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL 2443 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) 2444 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; 2445 else if (fname != NULL) 2446 { 2447 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); 2448 flags |= FREE_FNAME; 2449 } 2450 else 2451 match->cp_fname = NULL; 2452 match->cp_flags = flags; 2453 2454 if (cptext != NULL) 2455 { 2456 int i; 2457 2458 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 2459 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) 2460 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); 2461 } 2462 2463 /* 2464 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. 2465 */ 2466 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 2467 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; 2468 else if (dir == FORWARD) 2469 { 2470 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 2471 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; 2472 } 2473 else /* BACKWARD */ 2474 { 2475 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; 2476 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; 2477 } 2478 if (match->cp_next) 2479 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; 2480 if (match->cp_prev) 2481 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; 2482 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ 2483 compl_first_match = match; 2484 compl_curr_match = match; 2485 2486 /* 2487 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. 2488 */ 2489 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 2490 ins_compl_longest_match(match); 2491 2492 return OK; 2493 } 2494 2495 /* 2496 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering 2497 * match->cp_icase. 2498 */ 2499 static int 2500 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) 2501 compl_T *match; 2502 char_u *str; 2503 int len; 2504 { 2505 if (match->cp_icase) 2506 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2507 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2508 } 2509 2510 /* 2511 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". 2512 */ 2513 static void 2514 ins_compl_longest_match(match) 2515 compl_T *match; 2516 { 2517 char_u *p, *s; 2518 int c1, c2; 2519 int had_match; 2520 2521 if (compl_leader == NULL) 2522 { 2523 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ 2524 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); 2525 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2526 { 2527 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2528 ins_compl_delete(); 2529 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2530 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2531 2532 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2533 * again after redrawing. */ 2534 if (!had_match) 2535 ins_compl_delete(); 2536 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2537 } 2538 } 2539 else 2540 { 2541 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ 2542 p = compl_leader; 2543 s = match->cp_str; 2544 while (*p != NUL) 2545 { 2546 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2547 if (has_mbyte) 2548 { 2549 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); 2550 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); 2551 } 2552 else 2553 #endif 2554 { 2555 c1 = *p; 2556 c2 = *s; 2557 } 2558 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) 2559 : (c1 != c2)) 2560 break; 2561 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2562 if (has_mbyte) 2563 { 2564 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2565 mb_ptr_adv(s); 2566 } 2567 else 2568 #endif 2569 { 2570 ++p; 2571 ++s; 2572 } 2573 } 2574 2575 if (*p != NUL) 2576 { 2577 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ 2578 *p = NUL; 2579 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2580 ins_compl_delete(); 2581 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2582 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2583 2584 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2585 * again after redrawing. */ 2586 if (!had_match) 2587 ins_compl_delete(); 2588 } 2589 2590 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2591 } 2592 } 2593 2594 /* 2595 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. 2596 * Frees matches[]. 2597 */ 2598 static void 2599 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) 2600 int num_matches; 2601 char_u **matches; 2602 int icase; 2603 { 2604 int i; 2605 int add_r = OK; 2606 int dir = compl_direction; 2607 2608 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) 2609 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, 2610 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) 2611 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 2612 dir = FORWARD; 2613 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 2614 } 2615 2616 /* Make the completion list cyclic. 2617 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). 2618 */ 2619 static int 2620 ins_compl_make_cyclic() 2621 { 2622 compl_T *match; 2623 int count = 0; 2624 2625 if (compl_first_match != NULL) 2626 { 2627 /* 2628 * Find the end of the list. 2629 */ 2630 match = compl_first_match; 2631 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ 2632 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 2633 { 2634 match = match->cp_next; 2635 ++count; 2636 } 2637 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; 2638 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; 2639 } 2640 return count; 2641 } 2642 2643 /* 2644 * Start completion for the complete() function. 2645 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). 2646 * "list" is the list of matches. 2647 */ 2648 void 2649 set_completion(startcol, list) 2650 colnr_T startcol; 2651 list_T *list; 2652 { 2653 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ 2654 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) 2655 ins_compl_prep(' '); 2656 ins_compl_clear(); 2657 2658 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 2659 return; 2660 2661 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) 2662 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 2663 compl_col = startcol; 2664 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; 2665 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ 2666 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); 2667 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 2668 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 2669 return; 2670 2671 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ 2672 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; 2673 2674 ins_compl_add_list(list); 2675 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 2676 compl_started = TRUE; 2677 compl_used_match = TRUE; 2678 compl_cont_status = 0; 2679 2680 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 2681 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); 2682 out_flush(); 2683 } 2684 2685 2686 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the 2687 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ 2688 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; 2689 static int compl_match_arraysize; 2690 2691 /* 2692 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. 2693 */ 2694 static void 2695 ins_compl_upd_pum() 2696 { 2697 int h; 2698 2699 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2700 { 2701 h = curwin->w_cline_height; 2702 update_screen(0); 2703 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) 2704 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2705 } 2706 } 2707 2708 /* 2709 * Remove any popup menu. 2710 */ 2711 static void 2712 ins_compl_del_pum() 2713 { 2714 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2715 { 2716 pum_undisplay(); 2717 vim_free(compl_match_array); 2718 compl_match_array = NULL; 2719 } 2720 } 2721 2722 /* 2723 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. 2724 */ 2725 static int 2726 pum_wanted() 2727 { 2728 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ 2729 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) 2730 return FALSE; 2731 2732 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ 2733 if (t_colors < 8 2734 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 2735 && !gui.in_use 2736 #endif 2737 ) 2738 return FALSE; 2739 return TRUE; 2740 } 2741 2742 /* 2743 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. 2744 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". 2745 */ 2746 static int 2747 pum_enough_matches() 2748 { 2749 compl_T *compl; 2750 int i; 2751 2752 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only 2753 * one (ignoring the original text). */ 2754 compl = compl_first_match; 2755 i = 0; 2756 do 2757 { 2758 if (compl == NULL 2759 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) 2760 break; 2761 compl = compl->cp_next; 2762 } while (compl != compl_first_match); 2763 2764 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) 2765 return (i >= 1); 2766 return (i >= 2); 2767 } 2768 2769 /* 2770 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. 2771 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. 2772 */ 2773 void 2774 ins_compl_show_pum() 2775 { 2776 compl_T *compl; 2777 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; 2778 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; 2779 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; 2780 int i; 2781 int cur = -1; 2782 colnr_T col; 2783 int lead_len = 0; 2784 2785 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) 2786 return; 2787 2788 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 2789 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ 2790 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); 2791 #endif 2792 2793 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ 2794 update_screen(0); 2795 2796 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 2797 { 2798 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ 2799 compl_match_arraysize = 0; 2800 compl = compl_first_match; 2801 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2802 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); 2803 do 2804 { 2805 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 2806 && (compl_leader == NULL 2807 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 2808 ++compl_match_arraysize; 2809 compl = compl->cp_next; 2810 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 2811 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) 2812 return; 2813 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( 2814 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) 2815 * compl_match_arraysize)); 2816 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2817 { 2818 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first 2819 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ 2820 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2821 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2822 2823 i = 0; 2824 compl = compl_first_match; 2825 do 2826 { 2827 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 2828 && (compl_leader == NULL 2829 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 2830 { 2831 if (!shown_match_ok) 2832 { 2833 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) 2834 { 2835 /* This item is the shown match or this is the 2836 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ 2837 compl_shown_match = compl; 2838 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 2839 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2840 } 2841 else 2842 /* Remember this displayed match for when the 2843 * shown match is just below it. */ 2844 shown_compl = compl; 2845 cur = i; 2846 } 2847 2848 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) 2849 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = 2850 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; 2851 else 2852 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; 2853 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; 2854 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; 2855 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) 2856 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = 2857 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; 2858 else 2859 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; 2860 } 2861 2862 if (compl == compl_shown_match) 2863 { 2864 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 2865 2866 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set 2867 * compl_shown_match. */ 2868 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2869 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2870 2871 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) 2872 { 2873 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the 2874 * previously displayed match. */ 2875 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; 2876 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2877 } 2878 } 2879 compl = compl->cp_next; 2880 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 2881 2882 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ 2883 cur = -1; 2884 } 2885 } 2886 else 2887 { 2888 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ 2889 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) 2890 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str 2891 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text 2892 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) 2893 { 2894 cur = i; 2895 break; 2896 } 2897 } 2898 2899 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2900 { 2901 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. 2902 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ 2903 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 2904 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; 2905 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); 2906 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 2907 } 2908 } 2909 2910 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ 2911 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ 2912 2913 /* 2914 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary 2915 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. 2916 */ 2917 static void 2918 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) 2919 char_u *dict_start; 2920 char_u *pat; 2921 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ 2922 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ 2923 { 2924 char_u *dict = dict_start; 2925 char_u *ptr; 2926 char_u *buf; 2927 regmatch_T regmatch; 2928 char_u **files; 2929 int count; 2930 int save_p_scs; 2931 int dir = compl_direction; 2932 2933 if (*dict == NUL) 2934 { 2935 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2936 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use 2937 * "spell". */ 2938 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) 2939 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; 2940 else 2941 #endif 2942 return; 2943 } 2944 2945 buf = alloc(LSIZE); 2946 if (buf == NULL) 2947 return; 2948 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ 2949 2950 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ 2951 save_p_scs = p_scs; 2952 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) 2953 p_scs = FALSE; 2954 2955 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern 2956 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the 2957 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ 2958 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 2959 { 2960 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); 2961 size_t len; 2962 2963 if (pat_esc == NULL) 2964 goto theend; 2965 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; 2966 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); 2967 if (ptr == NULL) 2968 { 2969 vim_free(pat_esc); 2970 goto theend; 2971 } 2972 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); 2973 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); 2974 vim_free(pat_esc); 2975 vim_free(ptr); 2976 } 2977 else 2978 { 2979 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); 2980 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 2981 goto theend; 2982 } 2983 2984 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ 2985 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); 2986 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) 2987 { 2988 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ 2989 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) 2990 { 2991 count = 1; 2992 files = &dict; 2993 } 2994 else 2995 { 2996 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow 2997 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in 2998 * a modeline). */ 2999 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); 3000 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3001 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) 3002 count = -1; 3003 else 3004 # endif 3005 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL 3006 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, 3007 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) 3008 count = 0; 3009 } 3010 3011 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3012 if (count == -1) 3013 { 3014 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we 3015 * don't use it as a RE. */ 3016 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') 3017 ptr = pat + 2; 3018 else 3019 ptr = pat; 3020 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); 3021 } 3022 else 3023 # endif 3024 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ 3025 { 3026 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, 3027 ®match, buf, &dir); 3028 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 3029 FreeWild(count, files); 3030 } 3031 if (flags != 0) 3032 break; 3033 } 3034 3035 theend: 3036 p_scs = save_p_scs; 3037 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); 3038 vim_free(buf); 3039 } 3040 3041 static void 3042 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) 3043 int count; 3044 char_u **files; 3045 int thesaurus; 3046 int flags; 3047 regmatch_T *regmatch; 3048 char_u *buf; 3049 int *dir; 3050 { 3051 char_u *ptr; 3052 int i; 3053 FILE *fp; 3054 int add_r; 3055 3056 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) 3057 { 3058 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ 3059 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 3060 { 3061 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 3062 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); 3063 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 3064 } 3065 3066 if (fp != NULL) 3067 { 3068 /* 3069 * Read dictionary file line by line. 3070 * Check each line for a match. 3071 */ 3072 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted 3073 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) 3074 { 3075 ptr = buf; 3076 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) 3077 { 3078 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; 3079 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3080 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); 3081 else 3082 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3083 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], 3084 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), 3085 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3086 if (thesaurus) 3087 { 3088 char_u *wstart; 3089 3090 /* 3091 * Add the other matches on the line 3092 */ 3093 ptr = buf; 3094 while (!got_int) 3095 { 3096 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white 3097 * space and punctuation. */ 3098 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); 3099 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) 3100 break; 3101 wstart = ptr; 3102 3103 /* Find end of the word. */ 3104 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3105 if (has_mbyte) 3106 /* Japanese words may have characters in 3107 * different classes, only separate words 3108 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ 3109 while (*ptr != NUL) 3110 { 3111 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3112 3113 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3114 break; 3115 ptr += l; 3116 } 3117 else 3118 #endif 3119 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3120 3121 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ 3122 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) 3123 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, 3124 (int)(ptr - wstart), 3125 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3126 } 3127 } 3128 if (add_r == OK) 3129 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 3130 *dir = FORWARD; 3131 else if (add_r == FAIL) 3132 break; 3133 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end 3134 * of line */ 3135 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) 3136 break; 3137 } 3138 line_breakcheck(); 3139 ins_compl_check_keys(50); 3140 } 3141 fclose(fp); 3142 } 3143 } 3144 } 3145 3146 /* 3147 * Find the start of the next word. 3148 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. 3149 */ 3150 char_u * 3151 find_word_start(ptr) 3152 char_u *ptr; 3153 { 3154 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3155 if (has_mbyte) 3156 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) 3157 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3158 else 3159 #endif 3160 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3161 ++ptr; 3162 return ptr; 3163 } 3164 3165 /* 3166 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. 3167 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. 3168 */ 3169 char_u * 3170 find_word_end(ptr) 3171 char_u *ptr; 3172 { 3173 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3174 int start_class; 3175 3176 if (has_mbyte) 3177 { 3178 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); 3179 if (start_class > 1) 3180 while (*ptr != NUL) 3181 { 3182 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3183 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) 3184 break; 3185 } 3186 } 3187 else 3188 #endif 3189 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3190 ++ptr; 3191 return ptr; 3192 } 3193 3194 /* 3195 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. 3196 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. 3197 */ 3198 static char_u * 3199 find_line_end(ptr) 3200 char_u *ptr; 3201 { 3202 char_u *s; 3203 3204 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); 3205 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) 3206 --s; 3207 return s; 3208 } 3209 3210 /* 3211 * Free the list of completions 3212 */ 3213 static void 3214 ins_compl_free() 3215 { 3216 compl_T *match; 3217 int i; 3218 3219 vim_free(compl_pattern); 3220 compl_pattern = NULL; 3221 vim_free(compl_leader); 3222 compl_leader = NULL; 3223 3224 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 3225 return; 3226 3227 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3228 pum_clear(); 3229 3230 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 3231 do 3232 { 3233 match = compl_curr_match; 3234 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 3235 vim_free(match->cp_str); 3236 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ 3237 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) 3238 vim_free(match->cp_fname); 3239 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 3240 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); 3241 vim_free(match); 3242 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); 3243 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; 3244 compl_shown_match = NULL; 3245 } 3246 3247 static void 3248 ins_compl_clear() 3249 { 3250 compl_cont_status = 0; 3251 compl_started = FALSE; 3252 compl_matches = 0; 3253 vim_free(compl_pattern); 3254 compl_pattern = NULL; 3255 vim_free(compl_leader); 3256 compl_leader = NULL; 3257 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3258 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 3259 compl_orig_text = NULL; 3260 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3261 } 3262 3263 /* 3264 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. 3265 */ 3266 int 3267 ins_compl_active() 3268 { 3269 return compl_started; 3270 } 3271 3272 /* 3273 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches 3274 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. 3275 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char 3276 * to be got from the user. 3277 */ 3278 static int 3279 ins_compl_bs() 3280 { 3281 char_u *line; 3282 char_u *p; 3283 3284 line = ml_get_curline(); 3285 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; 3286 mb_ptr_back(line, p); 3287 3288 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion 3289 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ 3290 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 3291 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 3292 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) 3293 return K_BS; 3294 3295 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish 3296 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ 3297 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length 3298 || compl_was_interrupted) 3299 ins_compl_restart(); 3300 3301 vim_free(compl_leader); 3302 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); 3303 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3304 { 3305 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3306 return NUL; 3307 } 3308 return K_BS; 3309 } 3310 3311 /* 3312 * Called after changing "compl_leader". 3313 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. 3314 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. 3315 */ 3316 static void 3317 ins_compl_new_leader() 3318 { 3319 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3320 ins_compl_delete(); 3321 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3322 compl_used_match = FALSE; 3323 3324 if (compl_started) 3325 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); 3326 else 3327 { 3328 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3329 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ 3330 #endif 3331 /* 3332 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display 3333 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to 3334 * avoid that the first match is inserted. 3335 */ 3336 update_screen(0); 3337 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3338 if (gui.in_use) 3339 { 3340 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 3341 setcursor(); 3342 out_flush(); 3343 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 3344 } 3345 #endif 3346 compl_restarting = TRUE; 3347 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) 3348 compl_cont_status = 0; 3349 compl_restarting = FALSE; 3350 } 3351 3352 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; 3353 3354 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ 3355 ins_compl_show_pum(); 3356 3357 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ 3358 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 3359 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3360 } 3361 3362 /* 3363 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to 3364 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. 3365 */ 3366 static int 3367 ins_compl_len() 3368 { 3369 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3370 3371 if (off < 0) 3372 return 0; 3373 return off; 3374 } 3375 3376 /* 3377 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3378 * matches. 3379 */ 3380 static void 3381 ins_compl_addleader(c) 3382 int c; 3383 { 3384 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3385 int cc; 3386 3387 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 3388 { 3389 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 3390 3391 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 3392 buf[cc] = NUL; 3393 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 3394 } 3395 else 3396 #endif 3397 ins_char(c); 3398 3399 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ 3400 if (compl_was_interrupted) 3401 ins_compl_restart(); 3402 3403 vim_free(compl_leader); 3404 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, 3405 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); 3406 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3407 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3408 } 3409 3410 /* 3411 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when 3412 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. 3413 */ 3414 static void 3415 ins_compl_restart() 3416 { 3417 ins_compl_free(); 3418 compl_started = FALSE; 3419 compl_matches = 0; 3420 compl_cont_status = 0; 3421 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3422 } 3423 3424 /* 3425 * Set the first match, the original text. 3426 */ 3427 static void 3428 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) 3429 char_u *str; 3430 { 3431 char_u *p; 3432 3433 /* Replace the original text entry. */ 3434 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ 3435 { 3436 p = vim_strsave(str); 3437 if (p != NULL) 3438 { 3439 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); 3440 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; 3441 } 3442 } 3443 } 3444 3445 /* 3446 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3447 * matches. 3448 */ 3449 static void 3450 ins_compl_addfrommatch() 3451 { 3452 char_u *p; 3453 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3454 int c; 3455 compl_T *cp; 3456 3457 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; 3458 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ 3459 { 3460 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches 3461 * the leader. */ 3462 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 3463 { 3464 p = NULL; 3465 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL 3466 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) 3467 { 3468 if (compl_leader == NULL 3469 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, 3470 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 3471 { 3472 p = cp->cp_str; 3473 break; 3474 } 3475 } 3476 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) 3477 return; 3478 } 3479 else 3480 return; 3481 } 3482 p += len; 3483 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3484 c = mb_ptr2char(p); 3485 #else 3486 c = *p; 3487 #endif 3488 ins_compl_addleader(c); 3489 } 3490 3491 /* 3492 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. 3493 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. 3494 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; 3495 */ 3496 static int 3497 ins_compl_prep(c) 3498 int c; 3499 { 3500 char_u *ptr; 3501 int want_cindent; 3502 int retval = FALSE; 3503 3504 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually 3505 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. 3506 */ 3507 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3508 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3509 3510 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ 3511 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP 3512 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) 3513 return retval; 3514 3515 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ 3516 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 3517 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) 3518 { 3519 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); 3520 compl_used_match = TRUE; 3521 } 3522 3523 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) 3524 { 3525 /* 3526 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode 3527 * it will be yet. Now we decide. 3528 */ 3529 switch (c) 3530 { 3531 case Ctrl_E: 3532 case Ctrl_Y: 3533 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; 3534 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 3535 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3536 else 3537 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3538 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 3539 showmode(); 3540 break; 3541 case Ctrl_L: 3542 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; 3543 break; 3544 case Ctrl_F: 3545 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; 3546 break; 3547 case Ctrl_K: 3548 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 3549 break; 3550 case Ctrl_R: 3551 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ 3552 break; 3553 case Ctrl_T: 3554 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 3555 break; 3556 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 3557 case Ctrl_U: 3558 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; 3559 break; 3560 case Ctrl_O: 3561 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; 3562 break; 3563 #endif 3564 case 's': 3565 case Ctrl_S: 3566 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; 3567 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3568 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ 3569 spell_back_to_badword(); 3570 --emsg_off; 3571 #endif 3572 break; 3573 case Ctrl_RSB: 3574 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; 3575 break; 3576 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 3577 case Ctrl_I: 3578 case K_S_TAB: 3579 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 3580 break; 3581 case Ctrl_D: 3582 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 3583 break; 3584 #endif 3585 case Ctrl_V: 3586 case Ctrl_Q: 3587 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; 3588 break; 3589 case Ctrl_P: 3590 case Ctrl_N: 3591 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we 3592 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel 3593 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) 3594 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say 3595 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) 3596 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag 3597 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ 3598 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) 3599 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; 3600 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3601 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; 3602 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 3603 default: 3604 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set 3605 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X 3606 * mode). 3607 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible 3608 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same 3609 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). 3610 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start 3611 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. 3612 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING 3613 * mode -- Acevedo */ 3614 if (c == Ctrl_X) 3615 { 3616 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3617 compl_cont_status = 0; 3618 else 3619 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 3620 } 3621 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3622 edit_submode = NULL; 3623 showmode(); 3624 break; 3625 } 3626 } 3627 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) 3628 { 3629 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ 3630 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3631 { 3632 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 3633 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3634 else 3635 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; 3636 edit_submode = NULL; 3637 } 3638 showmode(); 3639 } 3640 3641 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3642 { 3643 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably 3644 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to 3645 * showing what mode we are in. */ 3646 showmode(); 3647 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R 3648 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 3649 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3650 { 3651 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and 3652 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up 3653 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ 3654 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) 3655 { 3656 char_u *p; 3657 int temp = 0; 3658 3659 /* 3660 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when 3661 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo 3662 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part 3663 * of the original text that has changed. 3664 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used 3665 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. 3666 */ 3667 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) 3668 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; 3669 else if (compl_leader != NULL) 3670 ptr = compl_leader; 3671 else 3672 ptr = compl_orig_text; 3673 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) 3674 { 3675 p = compl_orig_text; 3676 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp]; 3677 ++temp) 3678 ; 3679 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3680 if (temp > 0) 3681 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp); 3682 #endif 3683 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 3684 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); 3685 } 3686 if (ptr != NULL) 3687 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1); 3688 } 3689 3690 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3691 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); 3692 #endif 3693 /* 3694 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. 3695 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. 3696 */ 3697 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3698 { 3699 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3700 /* re-indent the current line */ 3701 if (want_cindent) 3702 { 3703 do_c_expr_indent(); 3704 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ 3705 } 3706 #endif 3707 } 3708 else 3709 { 3710 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 3711 3712 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ 3713 if (prev_col > 0) 3714 dec_cursor(); 3715 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 3716 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); 3717 if (prev_col > 0 3718 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) 3719 inc_cursor(); 3720 } 3721 3722 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting 3723 * the selection without inserting anything. When 3724 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 3725 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 3726 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 3727 && pum_visible()) 3728 retval = TRUE; 3729 3730 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ 3731 if (c == Ctrl_E) 3732 { 3733 ins_compl_delete(); 3734 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3735 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3736 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) 3737 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); 3738 retval = TRUE; 3739 } 3740 3741 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 3742 3743 ins_compl_free(); 3744 compl_started = FALSE; 3745 compl_matches = 0; 3746 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 3747 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3748 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3749 if (edit_submode != NULL) 3750 { 3751 edit_submode = NULL; 3752 showmode(); 3753 } 3754 3755 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3756 /* 3757 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 3758 */ 3759 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) 3760 do_c_expr_indent(); 3761 #endif 3762 } 3763 } 3764 3765 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be 3766 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ 3767 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3768 { 3769 compl_cont_status = 0; 3770 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3771 } 3772 3773 return retval; 3774 } 3775 3776 /* 3777 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers 3778 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned 3779 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with 3780 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. 3781 * 3782 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo 3783 */ 3784 static buf_T * 3785 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) 3786 buf_T *buf; 3787 int flag; 3788 { 3789 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3790 static win_T *wp; 3791 #endif 3792 3793 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ 3794 { 3795 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3796 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ 3797 wp = curwin; 3798 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin 3799 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) 3800 ; 3801 buf = wp->w_buffer; 3802 #else 3803 buf = curbuf; 3804 #endif 3805 } 3806 else 3807 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' 3808 * (unlisted buffers) 3809 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ 3810 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf 3811 && ((flag == 'U' 3812 ? buf->b_p_bl 3813 : (!buf->b_p_bl 3814 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) 3815 || buf->b_scanned)) 3816 ; 3817 return buf; 3818 } 3819 3820 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 3821 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); 3822 3823 /* 3824 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and 3825 * get matches in "matches". 3826 */ 3827 static void 3828 expand_by_function(type, base) 3829 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ 3830 char_u *base; 3831 { 3832 list_T *matchlist; 3833 char_u *args[2]; 3834 char_u *funcname; 3835 pos_T pos; 3836 3837 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 3838 if (*funcname == NUL) 3839 return; 3840 3841 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ 3842 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; 3843 args[1] = base; 3844 3845 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 3846 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); 3847 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 3848 if (matchlist == NULL) 3849 return; 3850 3851 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); 3852 list_unref(matchlist); 3853 } 3854 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ 3855 3856 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 3857 /* 3858 * Add completions from a list. 3859 */ 3860 static void 3861 ins_compl_add_list(list) 3862 list_T *list; 3863 { 3864 listitem_T *li; 3865 int dir = compl_direction; 3866 3867 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ 3868 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 3869 { 3870 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) 3871 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 3872 dir = FORWARD; 3873 else if (did_emsg) 3874 break; 3875 } 3876 } 3877 3878 /* 3879 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. 3880 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 3881 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 3882 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 3883 */ 3884 int 3885 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) 3886 typval_T *tv; 3887 int dir; 3888 { 3889 char_u *word; 3890 int icase = FALSE; 3891 int adup = FALSE; 3892 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); 3893 3894 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) 3895 { 3896 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); 3897 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 3898 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); 3899 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 3900 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); 3901 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 3902 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); 3903 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 3904 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); 3905 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) 3906 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); 3907 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) 3908 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); 3909 } 3910 else 3911 { 3912 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 3913 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); 3914 } 3915 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL) 3916 return FAIL; 3917 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); 3918 } 3919 #endif 3920 3921 /* 3922 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". 3923 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction 3924 * compl_direction. 3925 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue 3926 * where we stopped searching before. 3927 * This may return before finding all the matches. 3928 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo 3929 */ 3930 static int 3931 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) 3932 pos_T *ini; 3933 { 3934 static pos_T first_match_pos; 3935 static pos_T last_match_pos; 3936 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ 3937 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a 3938 certain type. */ 3939 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ 3940 3941 pos_T *pos; 3942 char_u **matches; 3943 int save_p_scs; 3944 int save_p_ws; 3945 int save_p_ic; 3946 int i; 3947 int num_matches; 3948 int len; 3949 int found_new_match; 3950 int type = ctrl_x_mode; 3951 char_u *ptr; 3952 char_u *dict = NULL; 3953 int dict_f = 0; 3954 compl_T *old_match; 3955 3956 if (!compl_started) 3957 { 3958 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) 3959 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; 3960 found_all = FALSE; 3961 ins_buf = curbuf; 3962 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 3963 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; 3964 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; 3965 } 3966 3967 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ 3968 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; 3969 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ 3970 for (;;) 3971 { 3972 found_new_match = FAIL; 3973 3974 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, 3975 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the 3976 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ 3977 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3978 && (!compl_started || found_all)) 3979 { 3980 found_all = FALSE; 3981 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') 3982 e_cpt++; 3983 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) 3984 { 3985 ins_buf = curbuf; 3986 first_match_pos = *ini; 3987 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ 3988 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) 3989 dec(&first_match_pos); 3990 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; 3991 type = 0; 3992 } 3993 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL 3994 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) 3995 { 3996 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ 3997 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ 3998 { 3999 compl_started = TRUE; 4000 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; 4001 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 4002 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; 4003 type = 0; 4004 } 4005 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ 4006 { 4007 found_all = TRUE; 4008 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) 4009 continue; 4010 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 4011 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; 4012 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; 4013 } 4014 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), 4015 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL 4016 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) 4017 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL 4018 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname 4019 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); 4020 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 4021 } 4022 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) 4023 break; 4024 else 4025 { 4026 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4027 type = -1; 4028 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') 4029 { 4030 if (*e_cpt == 'k') 4031 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 4032 else 4033 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 4034 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) 4035 { 4036 dict = e_cpt; 4037 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; 4038 } 4039 } 4040 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4041 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') 4042 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 4043 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') 4044 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 4045 #endif 4046 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') 4047 { 4048 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; 4049 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); 4050 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 4051 } 4052 else 4053 type = -1; 4054 4055 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ 4056 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); 4057 4058 found_all = TRUE; 4059 if (type == -1) 4060 continue; 4061 } 4062 } 4063 4064 switch (type) 4065 { 4066 case -1: 4067 break; 4068 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4069 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 4070 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 4071 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, 4072 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, 4073 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES 4074 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4075 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, 4076 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); 4077 break; 4078 #endif 4079 4080 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 4081 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 4082 ins_compl_dictionaries( 4083 dict != NULL ? dict 4084 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS 4085 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL 4086 ? p_tsr 4087 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) 4088 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL 4089 ? p_dict 4090 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), 4091 compl_pattern, 4092 dict != NULL ? dict_f 4093 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); 4094 dict = NULL; 4095 break; 4096 4097 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 4098 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ 4099 save_p_ic = p_ic; 4100 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); 4101 4102 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number 4103 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ 4104 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4105 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | 4106 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), 4107 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) 4108 { 4109 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4110 } 4111 p_ic = save_p_ic; 4112 break; 4113 4114 case CTRL_X_FILES: 4115 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4116 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) 4117 { 4118 4119 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ 4120 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); 4121 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, 4122 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME 4123 TRUE 4124 #else 4125 FALSE 4126 #endif 4127 ); 4128 } 4129 break; 4130 4131 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 4132 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 4133 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), 4134 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) 4135 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); 4136 break; 4137 4138 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4139 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 4140 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 4141 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); 4142 break; 4143 #endif 4144 4145 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 4146 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4147 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, 4148 compl_pattern, &matches); 4149 if (num_matches > 0) 4150 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4151 #endif 4152 break; 4153 4154 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ 4155 /* 4156 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here 4157 */ 4158 save_p_scs = p_scs; 4159 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) 4160 p_scs = FALSE; 4161 4162 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the 4163 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this 4164 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set 4165 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ 4166 save_p_ws = p_ws; 4167 if (ins_buf != curbuf) 4168 p_ws = FALSE; 4169 else if (*e_cpt == '.') 4170 p_ws = TRUE; 4171 for (;;) 4172 { 4173 int flags = 0; 4174 4175 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ 4176 4177 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that 4178 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ 4179 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 4180 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4181 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, 4182 compl_direction, compl_pattern); 4183 else 4184 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, 4185 compl_direction, 4186 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, 4187 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); 4188 --msg_silent; 4189 if (!compl_started) 4190 { 4191 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ 4192 compl_started = TRUE; 4193 first_match_pos = *pos; 4194 last_match_pos = *pos; 4195 } 4196 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum 4197 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) 4198 found_new_match = FAIL; 4199 if (found_new_match == FAIL) 4200 { 4201 if (ins_buf == curbuf) 4202 found_all = TRUE; 4203 break; 4204 } 4205 4206 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ 4207 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf 4208 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum 4209 && ini->col == pos->col) 4210 continue; 4211 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; 4212 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4213 { 4214 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4215 { 4216 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4217 continue; 4218 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4219 if (!p_paste) 4220 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4221 } 4222 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 4223 } 4224 else 4225 { 4226 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; 4227 4228 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4229 { 4230 tmp_ptr += compl_length; 4231 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ 4232 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) 4233 continue; 4234 /* Find start of next word. */ 4235 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4236 } 4237 /* Find end of this word. */ 4238 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4239 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4240 4241 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4242 && len == compl_length) 4243 { 4244 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4245 { 4246 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be 4247 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. 4248 * IOSIZE is always greater than 4249 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always 4250 * works -- Acevedo */ 4251 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); 4252 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4253 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4254 /* Find start of next word. */ 4255 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4256 /* Find end of next word. */ 4257 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4258 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) 4259 { 4260 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) 4261 { 4262 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') 4263 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4264 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ 4265 if (p_js 4266 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' 4267 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) 4268 == NULL 4269 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' 4270 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) 4271 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4272 } 4273 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ 4274 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) 4275 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; 4276 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); 4277 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4278 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; 4279 } 4280 IObuff[len] = NUL; 4281 ptr = IObuff; 4282 } 4283 if (len == compl_length) 4284 continue; 4285 } 4286 } 4287 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, 4288 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, 4289 0, flags) != NOTDONE) 4290 { 4291 found_new_match = OK; 4292 break; 4293 } 4294 } 4295 p_scs = save_p_scs; 4296 p_ws = save_p_ws; 4297 } 4298 4299 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of 4300 * expansion added something) */ 4301 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) 4302 found_new_match = OK; 4303 4304 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the 4305 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ 4306 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4307 || found_new_match != FAIL) 4308 { 4309 if (got_int) 4310 break; 4311 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ 4312 if (type != -1) 4313 ins_compl_check_keys(0); 4314 4315 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4316 || compl_interrupted) 4317 break; 4318 compl_started = TRUE; 4319 } 4320 else 4321 { 4322 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ 4323 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 4324 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; 4325 4326 compl_started = FALSE; 4327 } 4328 } 4329 compl_started = TRUE; 4330 4331 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4332 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ 4333 found_new_match = FAIL; 4334 4335 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ 4336 if (found_new_match == FAIL 4337 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) 4338 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 4339 4340 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has 4341 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next 4342 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ 4343 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next 4344 : old_match->cp_prev; 4345 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) 4346 compl_curr_match = old_match; 4347 return i; 4348 } 4349 4350 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ 4351 static void 4352 ins_compl_delete() 4353 { 4354 int i; 4355 4356 /* 4357 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. 4358 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. 4359 */ 4360 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); 4361 backspace_until_column(i); 4362 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 4363 } 4364 4365 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ 4366 static void 4367 ins_compl_insert() 4368 { 4369 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); 4370 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 4371 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4372 else 4373 compl_used_match = TRUE; 4374 } 4375 4376 /* 4377 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. 4378 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to 4379 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there 4380 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when 4381 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing 4382 * through the ones found so far. 4383 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. 4384 * 4385 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use 4386 * compl_shown_match here. 4387 * 4388 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with 4389 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn 4390 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. 4391 */ 4392 static int 4393 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) 4394 int allow_get_expansion; 4395 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should 4396 be at least 1 */ 4397 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ 4398 { 4399 int num_matches = -1; 4400 int i; 4401 int todo = count; 4402 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; 4403 int found_end = FALSE; 4404 int advance; 4405 4406 if (compl_leader != NULL 4407 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 4408 { 4409 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ 4410 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ 4411 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4412 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4413 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL 4414 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 4415 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4416 4417 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is 4418 * backward, find the last match. */ 4419 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4420 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4421 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4422 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL 4423 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) 4424 { 4425 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4426 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4427 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL 4428 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) 4429 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4430 } 4431 } 4432 4433 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match 4434 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) 4435 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ 4436 ins_compl_delete(); 4437 4438 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, 4439 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ 4440 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; 4441 4442 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ 4443 if (compl_restarting) 4444 { 4445 advance = FALSE; 4446 compl_restarting = FALSE; 4447 } 4448 4449 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap 4450 * around. */ 4451 while (--todo >= 0) 4452 { 4453 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4454 { 4455 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4456 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL 4457 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match 4458 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); 4459 } 4460 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4461 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4462 { 4463 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4464 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4465 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4466 } 4467 else 4468 { 4469 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4470 { 4471 if (advance) 4472 { 4473 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4474 compl_pending -= todo + 1; 4475 else 4476 compl_pending += todo + 1; 4477 } 4478 return -1; 4479 } 4480 4481 if (advance) 4482 { 4483 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4484 --compl_pending; 4485 else 4486 ++compl_pending; 4487 } 4488 4489 /* Find matches. */ 4490 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); 4491 4492 /* handle any pending completions */ 4493 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir 4494 && advance) 4495 { 4496 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4497 { 4498 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4499 --compl_pending; 4500 } 4501 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4502 { 4503 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4504 ++compl_pending; 4505 } 4506 else 4507 break; 4508 } 4509 found_end = FALSE; 4510 } 4511 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 4512 && compl_leader != NULL 4513 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4514 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 4515 ++todo; 4516 else 4517 /* Remember a matching item. */ 4518 found_compl = compl_shown_match; 4519 4520 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ 4521 if (found_end) 4522 { 4523 if (found_compl != NULL) 4524 { 4525 compl_shown_match = found_compl; 4526 break; 4527 } 4528 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ 4529 } 4530 } 4531 4532 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ 4533 if (insert_match) 4534 { 4535 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) 4536 ins_compl_insert(); 4537 else 4538 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 4539 } 4540 else 4541 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4542 4543 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4544 { 4545 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ 4546 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 4547 4548 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ 4549 update_screen(0); 4550 4551 /* display the updated popup menu */ 4552 ins_compl_show_pum(); 4553 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4554 if (gui.in_use) 4555 { 4556 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 4557 setcursor(); 4558 out_flush(); 4559 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 4560 } 4561 #endif 4562 4563 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and 4564 * don't want to match ourselves! */ 4565 ins_compl_delete(); 4566 } 4567 4568 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup 4569 * menu is visible. */ 4570 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; 4571 4572 /* 4573 * Show the file name for the match (if any) 4574 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. 4575 */ 4576 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) 4577 { 4578 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); 4579 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; 4580 if (i <= 0) 4581 i = 0; 4582 else 4583 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); 4584 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); 4585 msg(IObuff); 4586 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ 4587 } 4588 4589 return num_matches; 4590 } 4591 4592 /* 4593 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key 4594 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion 4595 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as 4596 * possible. -- webb 4597 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. 4598 */ 4599 void 4600 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) 4601 int frequency; 4602 { 4603 static int count = 0; 4604 4605 int c; 4606 4607 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test 4608 * scripts */ 4609 if (using_script()) 4610 return; 4611 4612 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ 4613 if (++count < frequency) 4614 return; 4615 count = 0; 4616 4617 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() 4618 * can't do its work correctly. */ 4619 c = vpeekc_any(); 4620 if (c != NUL) 4621 { 4622 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) 4623 { 4624 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ 4625 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 4626 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), 4627 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); 4628 } 4629 else 4630 { 4631 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it 4632 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ 4633 c = safe_vgetc(); 4634 if (c != K_IGNORE) 4635 { 4636 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, 4637 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ 4638 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) 4639 compl_interrupted = TRUE; 4640 4641 vungetc(c); 4642 } 4643 } 4644 } 4645 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) 4646 { 4647 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; 4648 4649 compl_pending = 0; 4650 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); 4651 } 4652 } 4653 4654 /* 4655 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. 4656 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. 4657 */ 4658 static int 4659 ins_compl_key2dir(c) 4660 int c; 4661 { 4662 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L 4663 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP 4664 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) 4665 return BACKWARD; 4666 return FORWARD; 4667 } 4668 4669 /* 4670 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu 4671 * is visible. 4672 */ 4673 static int 4674 ins_compl_pum_key(c) 4675 int c; 4676 { 4677 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP 4678 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN 4679 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); 4680 } 4681 4682 /* 4683 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. 4684 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. 4685 */ 4686 static int 4687 ins_compl_key2count(c) 4688 int c; 4689 { 4690 int h; 4691 4692 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) 4693 { 4694 h = pum_get_height(); 4695 if (h > 3) 4696 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ 4697 return h; 4698 } 4699 return 1; 4700 } 4701 4702 /* 4703 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only 4704 * to change the currently selected completion. 4705 */ 4706 static int 4707 ins_compl_use_match(c) 4708 int c; 4709 { 4710 switch (c) 4711 { 4712 case K_UP: 4713 case K_DOWN: 4714 case K_PAGEDOWN: 4715 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 4716 case K_S_DOWN: 4717 case K_PAGEUP: 4718 case K_KPAGEUP: 4719 case K_S_UP: 4720 return FALSE; 4721 } 4722 return TRUE; 4723 } 4724 4725 /* 4726 * Do Insert mode completion. 4727 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. 4728 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). 4729 */ 4730 static int 4731 ins_complete(c) 4732 int c; 4733 { 4734 char_u *line; 4735 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ 4736 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ 4737 int n; 4738 int save_w_wrow; 4739 4740 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 4741 if (!compl_started) 4742 { 4743 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ 4744 4745 did_ai = FALSE; 4746 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 4747 did_si = FALSE; 4748 can_si = FALSE; 4749 can_si_back = FALSE; 4750 #endif 4751 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 4752 return FAIL; 4753 4754 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 4755 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 4756 compl_pending = 0; 4757 4758 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from 4759 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word 4760 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if 4761 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it 4762 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL 4763 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of 4764 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ 4765 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT 4766 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) 4767 { 4768 /* 4769 * it is a continued search 4770 */ 4771 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ 4772 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 4773 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 4774 { 4775 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 4776 { 4777 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the 4778 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar 4779 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't 4780 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ 4781 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); 4782 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 4783 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 4784 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ 4785 } 4786 else 4787 { 4788 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the 4789 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL 4790 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ 4791 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 4792 { 4793 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; 4794 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( 4795 line + compl_length 4796 + compl_startpos.col) - line); 4797 } 4798 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; 4799 } 4800 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 4801 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we 4802 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ 4803 #define MIN_SPACE 75 4804 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) 4805 { 4806 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; 4807 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); 4808 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; 4809 } 4810 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 4811 if (compl_length < 1) 4812 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 4813 } 4814 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4815 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 4816 else 4817 compl_cont_status = 0; 4818 } 4819 else 4820 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 4821 4822 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ 4823 { 4824 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; 4825 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ 4826 compl_cont_status = 0; 4827 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; 4828 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; 4829 startcol = (int)curs_col; 4830 compl_col = 0; 4831 } 4832 4833 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ 4834 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) 4835 { 4836 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) 4837 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 4838 { 4839 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) 4840 { 4841 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) 4842 ; 4843 compl_col += ++startcol; 4844 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; 4845 } 4846 if (p_ic) 4847 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, 4848 compl_length, NULL, 0); 4849 else 4850 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, 4851 compl_length); 4852 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4853 return FAIL; 4854 } 4855 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4856 { 4857 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; 4858 4859 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ 4860 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 4861 compl_length) + 2); 4862 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4863 return FAIL; 4864 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) 4865 || (compl_col > 0 4866 && ( 4867 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4868 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) 4869 #else 4870 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) 4871 #endif 4872 ))) 4873 prefix = (char_u *)""; 4874 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); 4875 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), 4876 line + compl_col, compl_length); 4877 } 4878 else if (--startcol < 0 || 4879 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4880 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) 4881 #else 4882 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) 4883 #endif 4884 ) 4885 { 4886 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ 4887 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); 4888 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4889 return FAIL; 4890 compl_col += curs_col; 4891 compl_length = 0; 4892 } 4893 else 4894 { 4895 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4896 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character 4897 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ 4898 if (has_mbyte) 4899 { 4900 int base_class; 4901 int head_off; 4902 4903 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 4904 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); 4905 while (--startcol >= 0) 4906 { 4907 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 4908 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol 4909 - head_off)) 4910 break; 4911 startcol -= head_off; 4912 } 4913 } 4914 else 4915 #endif 4916 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) 4917 ; 4918 compl_col += ++startcol; 4919 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 4920 if (compl_length == 1) 4921 { 4922 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb 4923 * there's no need to call quote_meta, 4924 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo 4925 */ 4926 compl_pattern = alloc(7); 4927 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4928 return FAIL; 4929 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 4930 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); 4931 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); 4932 } 4933 else 4934 { 4935 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 4936 compl_length) + 2); 4937 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4938 return FAIL; 4939 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 4940 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 4941 compl_length); 4942 } 4943 } 4944 } 4945 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4946 { 4947 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); 4948 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; 4949 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ 4950 compl_length = 0; 4951 if (p_ic) 4952 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, 4953 NULL, 0); 4954 else 4955 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 4956 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4957 return FAIL; 4958 } 4959 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) 4960 { 4961 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) 4962 ; 4963 compl_col += ++startcol; 4964 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 4965 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, 4966 EXPAND_FILES); 4967 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4968 return FAIL; 4969 } 4970 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 4971 { 4972 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); 4973 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4974 return FAIL; 4975 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 4976 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); 4977 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL 4978 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) 4979 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a 4980 * "pattern not found" message. */ 4981 compl_col = curs_col; 4982 else 4983 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); 4984 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 4985 } 4986 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 4987 { 4988 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4989 /* 4990 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" 4991 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. 4992 */ 4993 char_u *args[2]; 4994 int col; 4995 char_u *funcname; 4996 pos_T pos; 4997 4998 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a 4999 * string */ 5000 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 5001 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 5002 if (*funcname == NUL) 5003 { 5004 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 5005 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); 5006 return FAIL; 5007 } 5008 5009 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; 5010 args[1] = NULL; 5011 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 5012 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); 5013 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 5014 5015 if (col < 0) 5016 col = curs_col; 5017 compl_col = col; 5018 if (compl_col > curs_col) 5019 compl_col = curs_col; 5020 5021 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, 5022 * it may have become invalid. */ 5023 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5024 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 5025 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5026 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5027 #endif 5028 return FAIL; 5029 } 5030 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) 5031 { 5032 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5033 if (spell_bad_len > 0) 5034 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; 5035 else 5036 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); 5037 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) 5038 { 5039 compl_length = 0; 5040 compl_col = curs_col; 5041 } 5042 else 5043 { 5044 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); 5045 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; 5046 } 5047 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ 5048 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5049 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5050 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5051 #endif 5052 return FAIL; 5053 } 5054 else 5055 { 5056 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); 5057 return FAIL; 5058 } 5059 5060 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5061 { 5062 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); 5063 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 5064 { 5065 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ 5066 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5067 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; 5068 5069 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; 5070 #endif 5071 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5072 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5073 ins_eol('\r'); 5074 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5075 curbuf->b_p_com = old; 5076 #endif 5077 compl_length = 0; 5078 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5079 } 5080 } 5081 else 5082 { 5083 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 5084 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5085 } 5086 5087 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 5088 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); 5089 else 5090 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 5091 5092 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ 5093 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5094 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5095 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 5096 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 5097 { 5098 vim_free(compl_pattern); 5099 compl_pattern = NULL; 5100 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5101 compl_orig_text = NULL; 5102 return FAIL; 5103 } 5104 5105 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must 5106 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no 5107 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. 5108 */ 5109 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); 5110 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5111 showmode(); 5112 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 5113 out_flush(); 5114 } 5115 5116 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; 5117 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; 5118 5119 /* 5120 * Find next match (and following matches). 5121 */ 5122 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; 5123 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); 5124 5125 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ 5126 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 5127 5128 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ 5129 compl_matches = n; 5130 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 5131 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; 5132 5133 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert 5134 * mode. */ 5135 if (got_int && !global_busy) 5136 { 5137 (void)vgetc(); 5138 got_int = FALSE; 5139 } 5140 5141 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ 5142 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) 5143 { 5144 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5145 && compl_length > 1 5146 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); 5147 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; 5148 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, 5149 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used 5150 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word 5151 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ 5152 if ( compl_length > 1 5153 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5154 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 5155 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 5156 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) 5157 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; 5158 } 5159 5160 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) 5161 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; 5162 else 5163 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; 5164 5165 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) 5166 { 5167 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 5168 { 5169 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); 5170 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; 5171 } 5172 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 5173 { 5174 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); 5175 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5176 } 5177 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) 5178 { 5179 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); 5180 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5181 } 5182 else 5183 { 5184 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ 5185 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) 5186 { 5187 int number = 0; 5188 compl_T *match; 5189 5190 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) 5191 { 5192 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. 5193 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop 5194 * cycle, so it's fast! */ 5195 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL 5196 && match != compl_first_match; 5197 match = match->cp_prev) 5198 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5199 { 5200 number = match->cp_number; 5201 break; 5202 } 5203 if (match != NULL) 5204 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned 5205 * yet */ 5206 for (match = match->cp_next; 5207 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; 5208 match = match->cp_next) 5209 match->cp_number = ++number; 5210 } 5211 else /* BACKWARD */ 5212 { 5213 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) 5214 * number. This should normally succeed already at the 5215 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ 5216 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL 5217 && match != compl_first_match; 5218 match = match->cp_next) 5219 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5220 { 5221 number = match->cp_number; 5222 break; 5223 } 5224 if (match != NULL) 5225 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not 5226 * assigned yet */ 5227 for (match = match->cp_prev; match 5228 && match->cp_number == -1; 5229 match = match->cp_prev) 5230 match->cp_number = ++number; 5231 } 5232 } 5233 5234 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is 5235 * just a safety check. */ 5236 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) 5237 { 5238 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. 5239 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ 5240 static char_u match_ref[81]; 5241 5242 if (compl_matches > 0) 5243 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5244 _("match %d of %d"), 5245 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); 5246 else 5247 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5248 _("match %d"), 5249 compl_curr_match->cp_number); 5250 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; 5251 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; 5252 if (dollar_vcol) 5253 curs_columns(FALSE); 5254 } 5255 } 5256 } 5257 5258 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ 5259 showmode(); 5260 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 5261 { 5262 if (!p_smd) 5263 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, 5264 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT 5265 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); 5266 } 5267 else 5268 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 5269 5270 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ 5271 if (!compl_interrupted) 5272 { 5273 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ 5274 n = RedrawingDisabled; 5275 RedrawingDisabled = 0; 5276 5277 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ 5278 setcursor(); 5279 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) 5280 ins_compl_del_pum(); 5281 5282 ins_compl_show_pum(); 5283 setcursor(); 5284 RedrawingDisabled = n; 5285 } 5286 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; 5287 compl_interrupted = FALSE; 5288 5289 return OK; 5290 } 5291 5292 /* 5293 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. 5294 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with 5295 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. 5296 * Returns the length (needed) of dest 5297 */ 5298 static unsigned 5299 quote_meta(dest, src, len) 5300 char_u *dest; 5301 char_u *src; 5302 int len; 5303 { 5304 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ 5305 5306 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) 5307 { 5308 switch (*src) 5309 { 5310 case '.': 5311 case '*': 5312 case '[': 5313 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5314 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5315 break; 5316 case '~': 5317 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ 5318 break; 5319 case '\\': 5320 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5321 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5322 break; 5323 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ 5324 case '$': 5325 m++; 5326 if (dest != NULL) 5327 *dest++ = '\\'; 5328 break; 5329 } 5330 if (dest != NULL) 5331 *dest++ = *src; 5332 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5333 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ 5334 if (has_mbyte) 5335 { 5336 int i, mb_len; 5337 5338 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; 5339 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) 5340 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) 5341 { 5342 --len; 5343 ++src; 5344 if (dest != NULL) 5345 *dest++ = *src; 5346 } 5347 } 5348 # endif 5349 } 5350 if (dest != NULL) 5351 *dest = NUL; 5352 5353 return m; 5354 } 5355 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 5356 5357 /* 5358 * Next character is interpreted literally. 5359 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. 5360 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). 5361 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. 5362 */ 5363 int 5364 get_literal() 5365 { 5366 int cc; 5367 int nc; 5368 int i; 5369 int hex = FALSE; 5370 int octal = FALSE; 5371 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5372 int unicode = 0; 5373 #endif 5374 5375 if (got_int) 5376 return Ctrl_C; 5377 5378 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5379 /* 5380 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. 5381 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would 5382 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be 5383 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb 5384 */ 5385 if (gui.in_use) 5386 ++allow_keys; 5387 #endif 5388 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5389 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 5390 #endif 5391 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 5392 cc = 0; 5393 i = 0; 5394 for (;;) 5395 { 5396 nc = plain_vgetc(); 5397 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 5398 if (!(State & CMDLINE) 5399 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5400 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 5401 # endif 5402 ) 5403 add_to_showcmd(nc); 5404 #endif 5405 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') 5406 hex = TRUE; 5407 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') 5408 octal = TRUE; 5409 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5410 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') 5411 unicode = nc; 5412 #endif 5413 else 5414 { 5415 if (hex 5416 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5417 || unicode != 0 5418 #endif 5419 ) 5420 { 5421 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) 5422 break; 5423 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); 5424 } 5425 else if (octal) 5426 { 5427 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') 5428 break; 5429 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; 5430 } 5431 else 5432 { 5433 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) 5434 break; 5435 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; 5436 } 5437 5438 ++i; 5439 } 5440 5441 if (cc > 255 5442 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5443 && unicode == 0 5444 #endif 5445 ) 5446 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ 5447 nc = 0; 5448 5449 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ 5450 { 5451 if (i >= 2) 5452 break; 5453 } 5454 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5455 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ 5456 { 5457 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) 5458 break; 5459 } 5460 #endif 5461 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ 5462 break; 5463 } 5464 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ 5465 { 5466 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5467 { 5468 cc = '\n'; 5469 nc = 0; 5470 } 5471 else 5472 { 5473 cc = nc; 5474 nc = 0; 5475 } 5476 } 5477 5478 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5479 cc = '\n'; 5480 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5481 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) 5482 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the 5483 second byte will cause trouble! */ 5484 #endif 5485 5486 --no_mapping; 5487 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5488 if (gui.in_use) 5489 --allow_keys; 5490 #endif 5491 if (nc) 5492 vungetc(nc); 5493 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ 5494 return cc; 5495 } 5496 5497 /* 5498 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask 5499 */ 5500 static void 5501 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) 5502 int c; 5503 int allow_modmask; 5504 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ 5505 { 5506 char_u *p; 5507 int len; 5508 5509 /* 5510 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is 5511 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace 5512 * mode. 5513 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, 5514 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. 5515 */ 5516 #ifdef MACOS 5517 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ 5518 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) 5519 allow_modmask = TRUE; 5520 #endif 5521 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) 5522 { 5523 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); 5524 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 5525 c = p[len - 1]; 5526 if (len > 2) 5527 { 5528 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5529 return; 5530 p[len - 1] = NUL; 5531 ins_str(p); 5532 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); 5533 ctrlv = FALSE; 5534 } 5535 } 5536 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 5537 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); 5538 } 5539 5540 /* 5541 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other 5542 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC 5543 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to 5544 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by 5545 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should 5546 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. 5547 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. 5548 */ 5549 #ifdef EBCDIC 5550 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 5551 #else 5552 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 5553 #endif 5554 5555 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5556 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) 5557 #else 5558 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) 5559 #endif 5560 5561 void 5562 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) 5563 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ 5564 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ 5565 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ 5566 { 5567 int textwidth; 5568 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5569 char_u *p; 5570 #endif 5571 int fo_ins_blank; 5572 5573 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); 5574 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 5575 5576 /* 5577 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: 5578 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. 5579 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line 5580 * ends in white space. 5581 * - Otherwise: 5582 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank 5583 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless 5584 * we're in VREPLACE mode. 5585 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started 5586 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long 5587 * before the insert. 5588 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or 5589 * before 'textwidth' 5590 */ 5591 if (textwidth > 0 5592 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 5593 || (!vim_iswhite(c) 5594 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 5595 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 5596 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 5597 #endif 5598 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) 5599 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 5600 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) 5601 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 5602 && (!fo_ins_blank 5603 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth 5604 )))))) 5605 { 5606 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting 5607 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ 5608 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 5609 int do_internal = TRUE; 5610 5611 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) 5612 { 5613 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); 5614 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() 5615 * was called. */ 5616 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 5617 } 5618 if (do_internal) 5619 #endif 5620 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); 5621 } 5622 5623 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ 5624 return; 5625 5626 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5627 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ 5628 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) 5629 { 5630 char_u *line; 5631 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ 5632 int middle_len, end_len; 5633 int i; 5634 5635 /* 5636 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end 5637 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. 5638 */ 5639 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); 5640 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ 5641 { 5642 /* Skip middle-comment string */ 5643 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ 5644 ++p; 5645 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 5646 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ 5647 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) 5648 --middle_len; 5649 5650 /* Find the end-comment string */ 5651 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ 5652 ++p; 5653 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 5654 5655 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ 5656 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5657 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) 5658 ; 5659 i++; 5660 5661 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ 5662 i -= middle_len; 5663 5664 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ 5665 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) 5666 { 5667 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ 5668 backspace_until_column(i); 5669 5670 /* 5671 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last 5672 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. 5673 */ 5674 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); 5675 } 5676 } 5677 } 5678 end_comment_pending = NUL; 5679 #endif 5680 5681 did_ai = FALSE; 5682 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 5683 did_si = FALSE; 5684 can_si = FALSE; 5685 can_si_back = FALSE; 5686 #endif 5687 5688 /* 5689 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. 5690 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. 5691 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might 5692 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what 5693 * 'paste' is set).. 5694 */ 5695 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5696 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 5697 #endif 5698 5699 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) 5700 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5701 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) 5702 #endif 5703 && vpeekc() != NUL 5704 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) 5705 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 5706 && !cindent_on() 5707 #endif 5708 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5709 && !p_ri 5710 #endif 5711 ) 5712 { 5713 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 5714 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; 5715 int i; 5716 colnr_T virtcol = 0; 5717 5718 buf[0] = c; 5719 i = 1; 5720 if (textwidth > 0) 5721 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 5722 /* 5723 * Stop the string when: 5724 * - no more chars available 5725 * - finding a special character (command key) 5726 * - buffer is full 5727 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary 5728 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char 5729 */ 5730 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL 5731 && !ISSPECIAL(c) 5732 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5733 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) 5734 #endif 5735 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN 5736 && (textwidth == 0 5737 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) 5738 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) 5739 { 5740 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5741 c = vgetc(); 5742 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 5743 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 5744 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 5745 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) 5746 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ 5747 # endif 5748 buf[i++] = c; 5749 #else 5750 buf[i++] = vgetc(); 5751 #endif 5752 } 5753 5754 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 5755 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 5756 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ 5757 #endif 5758 buf[i] = NUL; 5759 ins_str(buf); 5760 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 5761 { 5762 redo_literal(*buf); 5763 i = 1; 5764 } 5765 else 5766 i = 0; 5767 if (buf[i] != NUL) 5768 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); 5769 } 5770 else 5771 { 5772 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5773 int cc; 5774 5775 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 5776 { 5777 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 5778 5779 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 5780 buf[cc] = NUL; 5781 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 5782 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 5783 } 5784 else 5785 #endif 5786 { 5787 ins_char(c); 5788 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 5789 redo_literal(c); 5790 else 5791 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 5792 } 5793 } 5794 } 5795 5796 /* 5797 * Format text at the current insert position. 5798 */ 5799 static void 5800 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) 5801 int textwidth; 5802 int second_indent; 5803 int flags; 5804 int format_only; 5805 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ 5806 { 5807 int cc; 5808 int save_char = NUL; 5809 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; 5810 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 5811 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5812 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); 5813 #endif 5814 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); 5815 int first_line = TRUE; 5816 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5817 colnr_T leader_len; 5818 int no_leader = FALSE; 5819 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); 5820 #endif 5821 5822 /* 5823 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be 5824 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. 5825 */ 5826 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai 5827 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 5828 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 5829 #endif 5830 ) 5831 { 5832 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5833 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) 5834 { 5835 save_char = cc; 5836 pchar_cursor('x'); 5837 } 5838 } 5839 5840 /* 5841 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. 5842 */ 5843 while (!got_int) 5844 { 5845 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ 5846 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ 5847 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ 5848 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ 5849 colnr_T len; 5850 colnr_T virtcol; 5851 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 5852 int orig_col = 0; 5853 char_u *saved_text = NULL; 5854 #endif 5855 colnr_T col; 5856 colnr_T end_col; 5857 5858 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() 5859 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); 5860 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 5861 break; 5862 5863 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5864 if (no_leader) 5865 do_comments = FALSE; 5866 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 5867 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) 5868 do_comments = TRUE; 5869 5870 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 5871 if (do_comments) 5872 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); 5873 else 5874 leader_len = 0; 5875 5876 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't 5877 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word 5878 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines 5879 * to start with %. */ 5880 if (leader_len == 0) 5881 no_leader = TRUE; 5882 #endif 5883 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 5884 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5885 && leader_len == 0 5886 #endif 5887 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) 5888 5889 break; 5890 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) 5891 break; 5892 5893 /* find column of textwidth border */ 5894 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); 5895 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5896 5897 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 5898 foundcol = 0; 5899 5900 /* 5901 * Find position to break at. 5902 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' 5903 */ 5904 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) 5905 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 5906 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 5907 { 5908 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) 5909 cc = c; 5910 else 5911 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5912 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 5913 { 5914 /* remember position of blank just before text */ 5915 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5916 5917 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ 5918 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 5919 { 5920 dec_cursor(); 5921 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5922 } 5923 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 5924 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ 5925 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5926 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 5927 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 5928 break; 5929 #endif 5930 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 5931 { 5932 /* do not break after one-letter words */ 5933 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 5934 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ 5935 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5936 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ 5937 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) 5938 break; 5939 #endif 5940 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5941 dec_cursor(); 5942 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5943 5944 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 5945 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ 5946 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 5947 } 5948 5949 inc_cursor(); 5950 5951 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; 5952 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5953 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 5954 break; 5955 } 5956 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5957 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) 5958 { 5959 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ 5960 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) 5961 { 5962 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5963 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 5964 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 5965 break; 5966 #endif 5967 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5968 inc_cursor(); 5969 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ 5970 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) 5971 { 5972 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5973 end_foundcol = foundcol; 5974 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 5975 break; 5976 } 5977 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 5978 } 5979 5980 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 5981 break; 5982 5983 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5984 5985 dec_cursor(); 5986 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5987 5988 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 5989 continue; /* break with space */ 5990 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5991 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 5992 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 5993 break; 5994 #endif 5995 5996 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 5997 5998 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5999 end_foundcol = foundcol; 6000 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6001 break; 6002 } 6003 #endif 6004 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6005 break; 6006 dec_cursor(); 6007 } 6008 6009 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ 6010 { 6011 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 6012 break; 6013 } 6014 6015 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ 6016 undisplay_dollar(); 6017 6018 /* 6019 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace 6020 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces 6021 * over the text instead. 6022 */ 6023 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6024 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6025 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ 6026 else 6027 #endif 6028 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; 6029 6030 /* 6031 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and 6032 * characters that will remain on top line 6033 */ 6034 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6035 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) 6036 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) 6037 inc_cursor(); 6038 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 6039 if (startcol < 0) 6040 startcol = 0; 6041 6042 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6043 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6044 { 6045 /* 6046 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be 6047 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. 6048 */ 6049 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); 6050 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 6051 if (saved_text == NULL) 6052 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ 6053 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; 6054 6055 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ 6056 if (!fo_white_par) 6057 backspace_until_column(foundcol); 6058 } 6059 else 6060 #endif 6061 { 6062 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ 6063 if (!fo_white_par) 6064 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6065 } 6066 6067 /* 6068 * Split the line just before the margin. 6069 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. 6070 */ 6071 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX 6072 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) 6073 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6074 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) 6075 #endif 6076 , old_indent); 6077 old_indent = 0; 6078 6079 replace_offset = 0; 6080 if (first_line) 6081 { 6082 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) 6083 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); 6084 if (second_indent >= 0) 6085 { 6086 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6087 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6088 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 6089 else 6090 #endif 6091 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); 6092 } 6093 first_line = FALSE; 6094 } 6095 6096 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6097 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6098 { 6099 /* 6100 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be 6101 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. 6102 */ 6103 ins_bytes(saved_text); 6104 vim_free(saved_text); 6105 } 6106 else 6107 #endif 6108 { 6109 /* 6110 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent 6111 * may have added or removed indent. 6112 */ 6113 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; 6114 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6115 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) 6116 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; 6117 } 6118 6119 haveto_redraw = TRUE; 6120 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 6121 can_cindent = TRUE; 6122 #endif 6123 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ 6124 did_ai = FALSE; 6125 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6126 did_si = FALSE; 6127 can_si = FALSE; 6128 can_si_back = FALSE; 6129 #endif 6130 line_breakcheck(); 6131 } 6132 6133 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ 6134 pchar_cursor(save_char); 6135 6136 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) 6137 { 6138 update_topline(); 6139 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); 6140 } 6141 } 6142 6143 /* 6144 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the 6145 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. 6146 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. 6147 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be 6148 * saved here. 6149 */ 6150 void 6151 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) 6152 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ 6153 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ 6154 { 6155 pos_T pos; 6156 colnr_T len; 6157 char_u *old; 6158 char_u *new, *pnew; 6159 int wasatend; 6160 int cc; 6161 6162 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 6163 return; 6164 6165 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 6166 old = ml_get_curline(); 6167 6168 /* may remove added space */ 6169 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6170 6171 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the 6172 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is 6173 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. 6174 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white 6175 * next they are not joined back together. */ 6176 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); 6177 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) 6178 { 6179 dec_cursor(); 6180 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6181 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 6182 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 6183 dec_cursor(); 6184 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6185 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6186 { 6187 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6188 return; 6189 } 6190 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6191 } 6192 6193 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6194 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format 6195 * comments. */ 6196 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) 6197 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) 6198 return; 6199 #endif 6200 6201 /* 6202 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is 6203 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not 6204 * the start of a paragraph. 6205 */ 6206 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 6207 { 6208 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6209 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) 6210 return; 6211 } 6212 6213 /* 6214 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will 6215 * be adjusted for the text formatting. 6216 */ 6217 saved_cursor = pos; 6218 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); 6219 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; 6220 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; 6221 6222 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6223 { 6224 /* "cannot happen" */ 6225 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6226 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 6227 } 6228 else 6229 check_cursor_col(); 6230 6231 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it 6232 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we 6233 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph 6234 * formatted. */ 6235 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 6236 { 6237 new = ml_get_curline(); 6238 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); 6239 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) 6240 { 6241 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); 6242 pnew[len] = ' '; 6243 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; 6244 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); 6245 /* remove the space later */ 6246 did_add_space = TRUE; 6247 } 6248 else 6249 /* may remove added space */ 6250 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6251 } 6252 6253 check_cursor(); 6254 } 6255 6256 /* 6257 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, 6258 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert 6259 * position. 6260 */ 6261 static void 6262 check_auto_format(end_insert) 6263 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ 6264 { 6265 int c = ' '; 6266 int cc; 6267 6268 if (did_add_space) 6269 { 6270 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6271 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) 6272 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ 6273 did_add_space = FALSE; 6274 else 6275 { 6276 if (!end_insert) 6277 { 6278 inc_cursor(); 6279 c = gchar_cursor(); 6280 dec_cursor(); 6281 } 6282 if (c != NUL) 6283 { 6284 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ 6285 del_char(FALSE); 6286 did_add_space = FALSE; 6287 } 6288 } 6289 } 6290 } 6291 6292 /* 6293 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: 6294 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it 6295 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' 6296 * if invalid value, use 0. 6297 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. 6298 */ 6299 int 6300 comp_textwidth(ff) 6301 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ 6302 { 6303 int textwidth; 6304 6305 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; 6306 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) 6307 { 6308 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the 6309 * things that add to the margin. */ 6310 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; 6311 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 6312 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 6313 textwidth -= 1; 6314 #endif 6315 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6316 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; 6317 #endif 6318 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 6319 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL 6320 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 6321 || netbeans_active() 6322 # endif 6323 ) 6324 textwidth -= 1; 6325 #endif 6326 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 6327 textwidth -= 8; 6328 } 6329 if (textwidth < 0) 6330 textwidth = 0; 6331 if (ff && textwidth == 0) 6332 { 6333 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; 6334 if (textwidth > 79) 6335 textwidth = 79; 6336 } 6337 return textwidth; 6338 } 6339 6340 /* 6341 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. 6342 */ 6343 static void 6344 redo_literal(c) 6345 int c; 6346 { 6347 char_u buf[10]; 6348 6349 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of 6350 * three digits. */ 6351 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) 6352 { 6353 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); 6354 AppendToRedobuff(buf); 6355 } 6356 else 6357 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6358 } 6359 6360 /* 6361 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. 6362 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. 6363 */ 6364 static void 6365 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) 6366 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ 6367 { 6368 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ 6369 { 6370 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); 6371 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); 6372 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ 6373 } 6374 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6375 check_spell_redraw(); 6376 #endif 6377 } 6378 6379 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6380 /* 6381 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. 6382 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. 6383 */ 6384 static void 6385 check_spell_redraw() 6386 { 6387 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) 6388 { 6389 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; 6390 6391 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; 6392 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); 6393 } 6394 } 6395 6396 /* 6397 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly 6398 * spelled word, if there is one. 6399 */ 6400 static void 6401 spell_back_to_badword() 6402 { 6403 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6404 6405 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); 6406 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) 6407 start_arrow(&tpos); 6408 } 6409 #endif 6410 6411 /* 6412 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. 6413 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. 6414 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. 6415 */ 6416 int 6417 stop_arrow() 6418 { 6419 if (arrow_used) 6420 { 6421 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6422 { 6423 arrow_used = FALSE; 6424 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 6425 } 6426 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ 6427 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 6428 ai_col = 0; 6429 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6430 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6431 { 6432 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6433 vr_lines_changed = 1; 6434 } 6435 #endif 6436 ResetRedobuff(); 6437 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ 6438 new_insert_skip = 2; 6439 } 6440 else if (ins_need_undo) 6441 { 6442 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6443 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 6444 } 6445 6446 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6447 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ 6448 foldOpenCursor(); 6449 #endif 6450 6451 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); 6452 } 6453 6454 /* 6455 * Do a few things to stop inserting. 6456 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped 6457 * to another window/buffer. 6458 */ 6459 static void 6460 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) 6461 pos_T *end_insert_pos; 6462 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ 6463 { 6464 int cc; 6465 char_u *ptr; 6466 6467 stop_redo_ins(); 6468 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ 6469 6470 /* 6471 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. 6472 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, 6473 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". 6474 */ 6475 ptr = get_inserted(); 6476 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL 6477 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) 6478 { 6479 vim_free(last_insert); 6480 last_insert = ptr; 6481 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; 6482 } 6483 else 6484 vim_free(ptr); 6485 6486 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) 6487 { 6488 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an 6489 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending 6490 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something 6491 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ 6492 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 6493 { 6494 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6495 6496 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the 6497 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by 6498 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ 6499 cc = 'x'; 6500 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 6501 { 6502 dec_cursor(); 6503 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6504 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) 6505 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 6506 } 6507 6508 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); 6509 6510 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) 6511 { 6512 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) 6513 inc_cursor(); 6514 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6515 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep 6516 * the "coladd". */ 6517 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL 6518 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum 6519 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) 6520 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; 6521 #endif 6522 } 6523 } 6524 6525 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ 6526 check_auto_format(TRUE); 6527 6528 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end 6529 * of the line, and put the cursor back. 6530 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. 6531 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text 6532 * got changed unexpectedly. */ 6533 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL 6534 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) 6535 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6536 { 6537 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6538 6539 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; 6540 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ 6541 for (;;) 6542 { 6543 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 6544 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 6545 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6546 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) 6547 break; 6548 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) 6549 break; /* should not happen */ 6550 } 6551 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) 6552 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 6553 else if (cc != NUL) 6554 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ 6555 6556 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 6557 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for 6558 * deleted characters. */ 6559 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 6560 { 6561 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6562 6563 if (VIsual.col > len) 6564 { 6565 VIsual.col = len; 6566 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6567 VIsual.coladd = 0; 6568 # endif 6569 } 6570 } 6571 #endif 6572 } 6573 } 6574 did_ai = FALSE; 6575 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6576 did_si = FALSE; 6577 can_si = FALSE; 6578 can_si_back = FALSE; 6579 #endif 6580 6581 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are 6582 * now in a different buffer. */ 6583 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) 6584 { 6585 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; 6586 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; 6587 } 6588 } 6589 6590 /* 6591 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. 6592 * Used for the replace command. 6593 */ 6594 void 6595 set_last_insert(c) 6596 int c; 6597 { 6598 char_u *s; 6599 6600 vim_free(last_insert); 6601 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6602 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); 6603 #else 6604 last_insert = alloc(6); 6605 #endif 6606 if (last_insert != NULL) 6607 { 6608 s = last_insert; 6609 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ 6610 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) 6611 *s++ = Ctrl_V; 6612 s = add_char2buf(c, s); 6613 *s++ = ESC; 6614 *s++ = NUL; 6615 last_insert_skip = 0; 6616 } 6617 } 6618 6619 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 6620 void 6621 free_last_insert() 6622 { 6623 vim_free(last_insert); 6624 last_insert = NULL; 6625 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6626 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 6627 compl_orig_text = NULL; 6628 # endif 6629 } 6630 #endif 6631 6632 /* 6633 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL 6634 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. 6635 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. 6636 */ 6637 char_u * 6638 add_char2buf(c, s) 6639 int c; 6640 char_u *s; 6641 { 6642 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6643 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; 6644 int i; 6645 int len; 6646 6647 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); 6648 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 6649 { 6650 c = temp[i]; 6651 #endif 6652 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ 6653 if (c == K_SPECIAL) 6654 { 6655 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; 6656 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; 6657 *s++ = KE_FILLER; 6658 } 6659 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6660 else if (c == CSI) 6661 { 6662 *s++ = CSI; 6663 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; 6664 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; 6665 } 6666 #endif 6667 else 6668 *s++ = c; 6669 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6670 } 6671 #endif 6672 return s; 6673 } 6674 6675 /* 6676 * move cursor to start of line 6677 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white 6678 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, 6679 * otherwise keep "curswant" column 6680 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. 6681 */ 6682 void 6683 beginline(flags) 6684 int flags; 6685 { 6686 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) 6687 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 6688 else 6689 { 6690 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 6691 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6692 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 6693 #endif 6694 6695 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) 6696 { 6697 char_u *ptr; 6698 6699 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) 6700 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) 6701 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 6702 } 6703 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6704 } 6705 } 6706 6707 /* 6708 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up 6709 * 6710 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. 6711 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. 6712 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. 6713 */ 6714 6715 int 6716 oneright() 6717 { 6718 char_u *ptr; 6719 int l; 6720 6721 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6722 if (virtual_active()) 6723 { 6724 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6725 6726 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ 6727 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 6728 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 6729 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6730 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 6731 # else 6732 *ptr 6733 # endif 6734 )) 6735 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); 6736 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6737 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ 6738 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col 6739 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; 6740 } 6741 #endif 6742 6743 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 6744 if (*ptr == NUL) 6745 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ 6746 6747 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6748 if (has_mbyte) 6749 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 6750 else 6751 #endif 6752 l = 1; 6753 6754 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' 6755 * contains "onemore". */ 6756 if (ptr[l] == NUL 6757 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6758 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 6759 #endif 6760 ) 6761 return FAIL; 6762 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 6763 6764 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6765 return OK; 6766 } 6767 6768 int 6769 oneleft() 6770 { 6771 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6772 if (virtual_active()) 6773 { 6774 int width; 6775 int v = getviscol(); 6776 6777 if (v == 0) 6778 return FAIL; 6779 6780 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 6781 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ 6782 width = 1; 6783 for (;;) 6784 { 6785 coladvance(v - width); 6786 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and 6787 * there are no multi-byte characters */ 6788 if ((*p_sbr == NUL 6789 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6790 && !has_mbyte 6791 # endif 6792 ) || getviscol() < v) 6793 break; 6794 ++width; 6795 } 6796 # else 6797 coladvance(v - 1); 6798 # endif 6799 6800 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) 6801 { 6802 char_u *ptr; 6803 6804 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ 6805 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 6806 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 6807 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6808 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 6809 # else 6810 *ptr 6811 # endif 6812 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) 6813 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 6814 } 6815 6816 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6817 return OK; 6818 } 6819 #endif 6820 6821 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6822 return FAIL; 6823 6824 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6825 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 6826 6827 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6828 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte 6829 * character, move to its first byte */ 6830 if (has_mbyte) 6831 mb_adjust_cursor(); 6832 #endif 6833 return OK; 6834 } 6835 6836 int 6837 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) 6838 long n; 6839 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ 6840 { 6841 linenr_T lnum; 6842 6843 if (n > 0) 6844 { 6845 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6846 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count 6847 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 6848 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 6849 return FAIL; 6850 if (n >= lnum) 6851 lnum = 1; 6852 else 6853 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6854 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 6855 { 6856 /* 6857 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. 6858 */ 6859 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ 6860 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 6861 6862 while (n--) 6863 { 6864 /* move up one line */ 6865 --lnum; 6866 if (lnum <= 1) 6867 break; 6868 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in 6869 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open 6870 * in a moment. */ 6871 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) 6872 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 6873 } 6874 if (lnum < 1) 6875 lnum = 1; 6876 } 6877 else 6878 #endif 6879 lnum -= n; 6880 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 6881 } 6882 6883 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 6884 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 6885 6886 if (upd_topline) 6887 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 6888 6889 return OK; 6890 } 6891 6892 /* 6893 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. 6894 */ 6895 int 6896 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) 6897 long n; 6898 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ 6899 { 6900 linenr_T lnum; 6901 6902 if (n > 0) 6903 { 6904 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6905 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6906 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ 6907 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); 6908 #endif 6909 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move 6910 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 6911 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 6912 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 6913 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 6914 return FAIL; 6915 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6916 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6917 else 6918 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6919 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 6920 { 6921 linenr_T last; 6922 6923 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ 6924 while (n--) 6925 { 6926 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) 6927 lnum = last + 1; 6928 else 6929 ++lnum; 6930 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6931 break; 6932 } 6933 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6934 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6935 } 6936 else 6937 #endif 6938 lnum += n; 6939 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 6940 } 6941 6942 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 6943 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 6944 6945 if (upd_topline) 6946 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 6947 6948 return OK; 6949 } 6950 6951 /* 6952 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. 6953 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we 6954 * first have to remove the command. 6955 */ 6956 int 6957 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) 6958 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ 6959 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ 6960 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ 6961 { 6962 char_u *esc_ptr; 6963 char_u *ptr; 6964 char_u *last_ptr; 6965 char_u last = NUL; 6966 6967 ptr = get_last_insert(); 6968 if (ptr == NULL) 6969 { 6970 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); 6971 return FAIL; 6972 } 6973 6974 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ 6975 if (c != NUL) 6976 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 6977 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) 6978 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ 6979 6980 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC 6981 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" 6982 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo 6983 */ 6984 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; 6985 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') 6986 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) 6987 { 6988 last = *last_ptr; 6989 *last_ptr = NUL; 6990 } 6991 6992 do 6993 { 6994 stuffReadbuff(ptr); 6995 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ 6996 if (last) 6997 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' 6998 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") 6999 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); 7000 } 7001 while (--count > 0); 7002 7003 if (last) 7004 *last_ptr = last; 7005 7006 if (esc_ptr != NULL) 7007 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ 7008 7009 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ 7010 if (!no_esc) 7011 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); 7012 7013 return OK; 7014 } 7015 7016 char_u * 7017 get_last_insert() 7018 { 7019 if (last_insert == NULL) 7020 return NULL; 7021 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; 7022 } 7023 7024 /* 7025 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. 7026 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. 7027 */ 7028 char_u * 7029 get_last_insert_save() 7030 { 7031 char_u *s; 7032 int len; 7033 7034 if (last_insert == NULL) 7035 return NULL; 7036 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); 7037 if (s != NULL) 7038 { 7039 len = (int)STRLEN(s); 7040 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ 7041 s[len - 1] = NUL; 7042 } 7043 return s; 7044 } 7045 7046 /* 7047 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. 7048 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. 7049 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and 7050 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". 7051 */ 7052 static int 7053 echeck_abbr(c) 7054 int c; 7055 { 7056 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just 7057 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ 7058 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) 7059 return FALSE; 7060 7061 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, 7062 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); 7063 } 7064 7065 /* 7066 * replace-stack functions 7067 * 7068 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each 7069 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. 7070 * 7071 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is 7072 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL 7073 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. 7074 * 7075 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters 7076 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor 7077 * that were deleted (always white space). 7078 * 7079 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new 7080 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many 7081 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. 7082 */ 7083 7084 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; 7085 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ 7086 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ 7087 7088 void 7089 replace_push(c) 7090 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ 7091 { 7092 char_u *p; 7093 7094 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ 7095 return; 7096 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) 7097 { 7098 replace_stack_len += 50; 7099 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); 7100 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 7101 { 7102 replace_stack_len -= 50; 7103 return; 7104 } 7105 if (replace_stack != NULL) 7106 { 7107 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, 7108 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); 7109 vim_free(replace_stack); 7110 } 7111 replace_stack = p; 7112 } 7113 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; 7114 if (replace_offset) 7115 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); 7116 *p = c; 7117 ++replace_stack_nr; 7118 } 7119 7120 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 7121 /* 7122 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in 7123 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. 7124 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). 7125 */ 7126 int 7127 replace_push_mb(p) 7128 char_u *p; 7129 { 7130 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 7131 int j; 7132 7133 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) 7134 replace_push(p[j]); 7135 return l; 7136 } 7137 #endif 7138 7139 /* 7140 * Pop one item from the replace stack. 7141 * return -1 if stack empty 7142 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise 7143 */ 7144 static int 7145 replace_pop() 7146 { 7147 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) 7148 return -1; 7149 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; 7150 } 7151 7152 /* 7153 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL 7154 * encountered. 7155 */ 7156 static void 7157 replace_join(off) 7158 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ 7159 { 7160 int i; 7161 7162 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) 7163 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) 7164 { 7165 --replace_stack_nr; 7166 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, 7167 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); 7168 return; 7169 } 7170 } 7171 7172 /* 7173 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them 7174 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. 7175 */ 7176 static void 7177 replace_pop_ins() 7178 { 7179 int cc; 7180 int oldState = State; 7181 7182 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ 7183 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) 7184 { 7185 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7186 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 7187 #else 7188 ins_char(cc); 7189 #endif 7190 dec_cursor(); 7191 } 7192 State = oldState; 7193 } 7194 7195 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7196 /* 7197 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it 7198 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. 7199 */ 7200 static void 7201 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) 7202 int cc; 7203 { 7204 int n; 7205 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; 7206 int i; 7207 int c; 7208 7209 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) 7210 { 7211 buf[0] = cc; 7212 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7213 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7214 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7215 } 7216 else 7217 ins_char(cc); 7218 7219 if (enc_utf8) 7220 /* Handle composing chars. */ 7221 for (;;) 7222 { 7223 c = replace_pop(); 7224 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ 7225 break; 7226 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) 7227 { 7228 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ 7229 replace_push(c); 7230 break; 7231 } 7232 else 7233 { 7234 buf[0] = c; 7235 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7236 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7237 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) 7238 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7239 else 7240 { 7241 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ 7242 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) 7243 replace_push(buf[i]); 7244 break; 7245 } 7246 } 7247 } 7248 } 7249 #endif 7250 7251 /* 7252 * make the replace stack empty 7253 * (called when exiting replace mode) 7254 */ 7255 static void 7256 replace_flush() 7257 { 7258 vim_free(replace_stack); 7259 replace_stack = NULL; 7260 replace_stack_len = 0; 7261 replace_stack_nr = 0; 7262 } 7263 7264 /* 7265 * Handle doing a BS for one character. 7266 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor 7267 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it 7268 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back 7269 * and check for more characters to be put back 7270 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when 7271 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). 7272 */ 7273 static void 7274 replace_do_bs(limit_col) 7275 int limit_col; 7276 { 7277 int cc; 7278 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7279 int orig_len = 0; 7280 int ins_len; 7281 int orig_vcols = 0; 7282 colnr_T start_vcol; 7283 char_u *p; 7284 int i; 7285 int vcol; 7286 #endif 7287 7288 cc = replace_pop(); 7289 if (cc > 0) 7290 { 7291 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7292 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7293 { 7294 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are 7295 * going to delete. */ 7296 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); 7297 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); 7298 } 7299 #endif 7300 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7301 if (has_mbyte) 7302 { 7303 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7304 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7305 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7306 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 7307 # endif 7308 replace_push(cc); 7309 } 7310 else 7311 #endif 7312 { 7313 pchar_cursor(cc); 7314 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7315 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7316 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; 7317 #endif 7318 } 7319 replace_pop_ins(); 7320 7321 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7322 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7323 { 7324 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ 7325 p = ml_get_cursor(); 7326 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; 7327 vcol = start_vcol; 7328 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) 7329 { 7330 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); 7331 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7332 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; 7333 #endif 7334 } 7335 vcol -= start_vcol; 7336 7337 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the 7338 * text aligned. */ 7339 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; 7340 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') 7341 { 7342 del_char(FALSE); 7343 ++orig_vcols; 7344 } 7345 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; 7346 } 7347 #endif 7348 7349 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ 7350 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); 7351 } 7352 else if (cc == 0) 7353 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7354 } 7355 7356 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7357 /* 7358 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. 7359 */ 7360 static int 7361 cindent_on() 7362 { 7363 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin 7364 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7365 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL 7366 # endif 7367 )); 7368 } 7369 #endif 7370 7371 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) 7372 /* 7373 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the 7374 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very 7375 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. 7376 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. 7377 */ 7378 7379 void 7380 fixthisline(get_the_indent) 7381 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); 7382 { 7383 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); 7384 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 7385 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ 7386 } 7387 7388 void 7389 fix_indent() 7390 { 7391 if (p_paste) 7392 return; 7393 # ifdef FEAT_LISP 7394 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) 7395 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); 7396 # endif 7397 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) 7398 else 7399 # endif 7400 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7401 if (cindent_on()) 7402 do_c_expr_indent(); 7403 # endif 7404 } 7405 7406 #endif 7407 7408 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7409 /* 7410 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", 7411 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) 7412 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) 7413 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) 7414 * 7415 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: 7416 * KEY_OPEN_FORW 7417 * KEY_OPEN_BACK 7418 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. 7419 * 7420 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. 7421 */ 7422 int 7423 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) 7424 int keytyped; 7425 int when; 7426 int line_is_empty; 7427 { 7428 char_u *look; 7429 int try_match; 7430 int try_match_word; 7431 char_u *p; 7432 char_u *line; 7433 int icase; 7434 int i; 7435 7436 if (keytyped == NUL) 7437 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ 7438 return FALSE; 7439 7440 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7441 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) 7442 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ 7443 else 7444 #endif 7445 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ 7446 while (*look) 7447 { 7448 /* 7449 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on 7450 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. 7451 */ 7452 switch (when) 7453 { 7454 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; 7455 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; 7456 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; 7457 } 7458 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') 7459 ++look; 7460 7461 /* 7462 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. 7463 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. 7464 */ 7465 if (*look == '0') 7466 { 7467 try_match_word = try_match; 7468 if (!line_is_empty) 7469 try_match = FALSE; 7470 ++look; 7471 } 7472 else 7473 try_match_word = FALSE; 7474 7475 /* 7476 * does it look like a control character? 7477 */ 7478 if (*look == '^' 7479 #ifdef EBCDIC 7480 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) 7481 #else 7482 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' 7483 #endif 7484 ) 7485 { 7486 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) 7487 return TRUE; 7488 look += 2; 7489 } 7490 /* 7491 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. 7492 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. 7493 */ 7494 else if (*look == 'o') 7495 { 7496 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) 7497 return TRUE; 7498 ++look; 7499 } 7500 else if (*look == 'O') 7501 { 7502 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) 7503 return TRUE; 7504 ++look; 7505 } 7506 7507 /* 7508 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the 7509 * cursor. 7510 */ 7511 else if (*look == 'e') 7512 { 7513 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) 7514 { 7515 p = ml_get_curline(); 7516 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && 7517 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) 7518 return TRUE; 7519 } 7520 ++look; 7521 } 7522 7523 /* 7524 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case 7525 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix 7526 * class::method for C++). 7527 */ 7528 else if (*look == ':') 7529 { 7530 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') 7531 { 7532 p = ml_get_curline(); 7533 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) 7534 || cin_islabel(30)) 7535 return TRUE; 7536 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ 7537 p = ml_get_curline(); 7538 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 7539 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' 7540 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') 7541 { 7542 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; 7543 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) 7544 || cin_islabel(30)); 7545 p = ml_get_curline(); 7546 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; 7547 if (i) 7548 return TRUE; 7549 } 7550 } 7551 ++look; 7552 } 7553 7554 7555 /* 7556 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? 7557 */ 7558 else if (*look == '<') 7559 { 7560 if (try_match) 7561 { 7562 /* 7563 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, 7564 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, 7565 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. 7566 */ 7567 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL 7568 && keytyped == look[1]) 7569 return TRUE; 7570 7571 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) 7572 return TRUE; 7573 } 7574 while (*look && *look != '>') 7575 look++; 7576 while (*look == '>') 7577 look++; 7578 } 7579 7580 /* 7581 * Is it a word: "=word"? 7582 */ 7583 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) 7584 { 7585 ++look; 7586 if (*look == '~') 7587 { 7588 icase = TRUE; 7589 ++look; 7590 } 7591 else 7592 icase = FALSE; 7593 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); 7594 if (p == NULL) 7595 p = look + STRLEN(look); 7596 if ((try_match || try_match_word) 7597 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) 7598 { 7599 int match = FALSE; 7600 7601 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 7602 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) 7603 { 7604 char_u *s; 7605 7606 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". 7607 * search back for the start of a word. */ 7608 line = ml_get_curline(); 7609 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7610 if (has_mbyte) 7611 { 7612 char_u *n; 7613 7614 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) 7615 { 7616 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); 7617 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) 7618 break; 7619 } 7620 } 7621 else 7622 # endif 7623 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) 7624 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) 7625 break; 7626 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col 7627 && (icase 7628 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) 7629 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) 7630 match = TRUE; 7631 } 7632 else 7633 #endif 7634 /* TODO: multi-byte */ 7635 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 7636 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) 7637 { 7638 line = ml_get_cursor(); 7639 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) 7640 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) 7641 && (icase 7642 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) 7643 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) 7644 == 0) 7645 match = TRUE; 7646 } 7647 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) 7648 { 7649 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the 7650 * word. */ 7651 line = ml_get_curline(); 7652 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != 7653 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) 7654 match = FALSE; 7655 } 7656 if (match) 7657 return TRUE; 7658 } 7659 look = p; 7660 } 7661 7662 /* 7663 * ok, it's a boring generic character. 7664 */ 7665 else 7666 { 7667 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) 7668 return TRUE; 7669 ++look; 7670 } 7671 7672 /* 7673 * Skip over ", ". 7674 */ 7675 look = skip_to_option_part(look); 7676 } 7677 return FALSE; 7678 } 7679 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 7680 7681 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 7682 /* 7683 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. 7684 */ 7685 int 7686 hkmap(c) 7687 int c; 7688 { 7689 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ 7690 { 7691 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, 7692 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, 7693 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; 7694 static char_u map[26] = 7695 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, 7696 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, 7697 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, 7698 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, 7699 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, 7700 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, 7701 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, 7702 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, 7703 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; 7704 7705 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') 7706 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); 7707 /* '-1'='sofit' */ 7708 else if (c == 'x') 7709 return 'X'; 7710 else if (c == 'q') 7711 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ 7712 else if (c == 246) 7713 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ 7714 else if (c == 228) 7715 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ 7716 else if (c == 252) 7717 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ 7718 #ifdef EBCDIC 7719 else if (islower(c)) 7720 #else 7721 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we 7722 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on 7723 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are 7724 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. 7725 */ 7726 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') 7727 #endif 7728 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); 7729 else 7730 return c; 7731 } 7732 else 7733 { 7734 switch (c) 7735 { 7736 case '`': return ';'; 7737 case '/': return '.'; 7738 case '\'': return ','; 7739 case 'q': return '/'; 7740 case 'w': return '\''; 7741 7742 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ 7743 case ',': c = '{'; break; 7744 case '.': c = 'v'; break; 7745 case ';': c = 't'; break; 7746 default: { 7747 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; 7748 7749 #ifdef EBCDIC 7750 /* see note about islower() above */ 7751 if (!islower(c)) 7752 #else 7753 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') 7754 #endif 7755 return c; 7756 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; 7757 break; 7758 } 7759 } 7760 7761 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); 7762 } 7763 } 7764 #endif 7765 7766 static void 7767 ins_reg() 7768 { 7769 int need_redraw = FALSE; 7770 int regname; 7771 int literally = 0; 7772 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 7773 int vis_active = VIsual_active; 7774 #endif 7775 7776 /* 7777 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. 7778 */ 7779 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 7780 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 7781 { 7782 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 7783 ins_redraw(FALSE); 7784 7785 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); 7786 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 7787 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); 7788 #endif 7789 } 7790 7791 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 7792 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 7793 #endif 7794 7795 /* 7796 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be 7797 * deleted when ESC is hit. 7798 */ 7799 ++no_mapping; 7800 regname = plain_vgetc(); 7801 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 7802 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) 7803 { 7804 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ 7805 literally = regname; 7806 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 7807 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); 7808 #endif 7809 regname = plain_vgetc(); 7810 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 7811 } 7812 --no_mapping; 7813 7814 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7815 /* 7816 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, 7817 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! 7818 */ 7819 ++no_u_sync; 7820 if (regname == '=') 7821 { 7822 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 7823 int im_on = im_get_status(); 7824 # endif 7825 regname = get_expr_register(); 7826 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 7827 /* Restore the Input Method. */ 7828 if (im_on) 7829 im_set_active(TRUE); 7830 # endif 7831 } 7832 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) 7833 { 7834 vim_beep(); 7835 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 7836 } 7837 else 7838 { 7839 #endif 7840 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) 7841 { 7842 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ 7843 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); 7844 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); 7845 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); 7846 7847 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, 7848 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); 7849 } 7850 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) 7851 { 7852 vim_beep(); 7853 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 7854 } 7855 else if (stop_insert_mode) 7856 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that 7857 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't 7858 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ 7859 need_redraw = TRUE; 7860 7861 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7862 } 7863 --no_u_sync; 7864 #endif 7865 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 7866 clear_showcmd(); 7867 #endif 7868 7869 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ 7870 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) 7871 edit_unputchar(); 7872 7873 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 7874 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ 7875 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) 7876 end_visual_mode(); 7877 #endif 7878 } 7879 7880 /* 7881 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. 7882 */ 7883 static void 7884 ins_ctrl_g() 7885 { 7886 int c; 7887 7888 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 7889 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ 7890 setcursor(); 7891 #endif 7892 7893 /* 7894 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be 7895 * deleted when ESC is hit. 7896 */ 7897 ++no_mapping; 7898 c = plain_vgetc(); 7899 --no_mapping; 7900 switch (c) 7901 { 7902 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ 7903 case K_UP: 7904 case Ctrl_K: 7905 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); 7906 break; 7907 7908 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ 7909 case K_DOWN: 7910 case Ctrl_J: 7911 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); 7912 break; 7913 7914 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ 7915 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); 7916 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 7917 7918 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins 7919 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ 7920 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 7921 break; 7922 7923 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ 7924 default: vim_beep(); 7925 } 7926 } 7927 7928 /* 7929 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. 7930 */ 7931 static void 7932 ins_ctrl_hat() 7933 { 7934 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) 7935 { 7936 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ 7937 if (State & LANGMAP) 7938 { 7939 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 7940 State &= ~LANGMAP; 7941 } 7942 else 7943 { 7944 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; 7945 State |= LANGMAP; 7946 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 7947 im_set_active(FALSE); 7948 #endif 7949 } 7950 } 7951 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 7952 else 7953 { 7954 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ 7955 if (im_get_status()) 7956 { 7957 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 7958 im_set_active(FALSE); 7959 } 7960 else 7961 { 7962 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; 7963 State &= ~LANGMAP; 7964 im_set_active(TRUE); 7965 } 7966 } 7967 #endif 7968 set_iminsert_global(); 7969 showmode(); 7970 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7971 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ 7972 if (gui.in_use) 7973 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); 7974 #endif 7975 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) 7976 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ 7977 status_redraw_curbuf(); 7978 #endif 7979 } 7980 7981 /* 7982 * Handle ESC in insert mode. 7983 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the 7984 * insert. 7985 */ 7986 static int 7987 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) 7988 long *count; 7989 int cmdchar; 7990 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ 7991 { 7992 int temp; 7993 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; 7994 7995 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 7996 check_spell_redraw(); 7997 #endif 7998 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) 7999 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) 8000 hangul_input_state_set(0); 8001 # endif 8002 if (composing_hangul) 8003 { 8004 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); 8005 composing_hangul = 0; 8006 } 8007 #endif 8008 8009 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8010 if (disabled_redraw) 8011 { 8012 --RedrawingDisabled; 8013 disabled_redraw = FALSE; 8014 } 8015 if (!arrow_used) 8016 { 8017 /* 8018 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". 8019 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for 8020 * when "count" is non-zero. 8021 */ 8022 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 8023 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); 8024 8025 /* 8026 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for 8027 * interrupt now and then. 8028 */ 8029 if (*count > 0) 8030 { 8031 line_breakcheck(); 8032 if (got_int) 8033 *count = 0; 8034 } 8035 8036 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ 8037 { 8038 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ 8039 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) 8040 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; 8041 8042 (void)start_redo_ins(); 8043 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') 8044 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ 8045 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8046 disabled_redraw = TRUE; 8047 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ 8048 } 8049 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); 8050 undisplay_dollar(); 8051 } 8052 8053 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the 8054 * indent */ 8055 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) 8056 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 8057 8058 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ 8059 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) 8060 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; 8061 8062 /* 8063 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. 8064 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. 8065 */ 8066 if (!nomove 8067 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 8068 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8069 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 8070 #endif 8071 ) 8072 && (restart_edit == NUL 8073 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL 8074 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8075 && !VIsual_active 8076 #endif 8077 )) 8078 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8079 && !revins_on 8080 #endif 8081 ) 8082 { 8083 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8084 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) 8085 { 8086 oneleft(); 8087 if (restart_edit != NUL) 8088 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 8089 } 8090 else 8091 #endif 8092 { 8093 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8094 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8095 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ 8096 if (has_mbyte) 8097 mb_adjust_cursor(); 8098 #endif 8099 } 8100 } 8101 8102 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8103 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. 8104 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as 8105 * well). */ 8106 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) 8107 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); 8108 im_set_active(FALSE); 8109 #endif 8110 8111 State = NORMAL; 8112 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ 8113 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 8114 8115 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 8116 setmouse(); 8117 #endif 8118 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8119 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8120 #endif 8121 8122 /* 8123 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. 8124 * Otherwise remove the mode message. 8125 */ 8126 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) 8127 showmode(); 8128 else if (p_smd) 8129 MSG(""); 8130 8131 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ 8132 } 8133 8134 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8135 /* 8136 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. 8137 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. 8138 */ 8139 static void 8140 ins_ctrl_() 8141 { 8142 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) 8143 { 8144 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) 8145 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 8146 } 8147 p_ri = !p_ri; 8148 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 8149 if (revins_on) 8150 { 8151 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8152 revins_legal++; 8153 revins_chars = 0; 8154 undisplay_dollar(); 8155 } 8156 else 8157 revins_scol = -1; 8158 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8159 if (p_altkeymap) 8160 { 8161 /* 8162 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' 8163 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo 8164 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). 8165 */ 8166 arrow_used = TRUE; 8167 (void)stop_arrow(); 8168 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; 8169 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8170 State = INSERT; 8171 } 8172 else 8173 #endif 8174 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ 8175 showmode(); 8176 } 8177 #endif 8178 8179 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8180 /* 8181 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. 8182 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. 8183 */ 8184 static int 8185 ins_start_select(c) 8186 int c; 8187 { 8188 if (km_startsel) 8189 switch (c) 8190 { 8191 case K_KHOME: 8192 case K_KEND: 8193 case K_PAGEUP: 8194 case K_KPAGEUP: 8195 case K_PAGEDOWN: 8196 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 8197 # ifdef MACOS 8198 case K_LEFT: 8199 case K_RIGHT: 8200 case K_UP: 8201 case K_DOWN: 8202 case K_END: 8203 case K_HOME: 8204 # endif 8205 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) 8206 break; 8207 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 8208 case K_S_LEFT: 8209 case K_S_RIGHT: 8210 case K_S_UP: 8211 case K_S_DOWN: 8212 case K_S_END: 8213 case K_S_HOME: 8214 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with 8215 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ 8216 start_selection(); 8217 8218 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ 8219 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); 8220 if (mod_mask) 8221 { 8222 char_u buf[4]; 8223 8224 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; 8225 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; 8226 buf[2] = mod_mask; 8227 buf[3] = NUL; 8228 stuffReadbuff(buf); 8229 } 8230 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 8231 return TRUE; 8232 } 8233 return FALSE; 8234 } 8235 #endif 8236 8237 /* 8238 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. 8239 */ 8240 static void 8241 ins_insert(replaceState) 8242 int replaceState; 8243 { 8244 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8245 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8246 { 8247 beep_flush(); 8248 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 8249 return; 8250 } 8251 #endif 8252 8253 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8254 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8255 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, 8256 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : 8257 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8258 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : 8259 # endif 8260 "r"), 1); 8261 # endif 8262 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 8263 #endif 8264 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8265 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); 8266 else 8267 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); 8268 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); 8269 showmode(); 8270 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8271 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8272 #endif 8273 } 8274 8275 /* 8276 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. 8277 */ 8278 static void 8279 ins_ctrl_o() 8280 { 8281 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8282 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8283 restart_edit = 'V'; 8284 else 8285 #endif 8286 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8287 restart_edit = 'R'; 8288 else 8289 restart_edit = 'I'; 8290 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8291 if (virtual_active()) 8292 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ 8293 else 8294 #endif 8295 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); 8296 } 8297 8298 /* 8299 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one 8300 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". 8301 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible 8302 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an 8303 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. 8304 */ 8305 static void 8306 ins_shift(c, lastc) 8307 int c; 8308 int lastc; 8309 { 8310 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8311 return; 8312 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 8313 8314 /* 8315 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. 8316 */ 8317 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') 8318 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 8319 { 8320 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8321 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ 8322 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ 8323 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8324 replace_pop_ins(); 8325 if (lastc == '^') 8326 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ 8327 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8328 } 8329 else 8330 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8331 8332 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) 8333 did_ai = FALSE; 8334 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8335 did_si = FALSE; 8336 can_si = FALSE; 8337 can_si_back = FALSE; 8338 #endif 8339 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8340 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ 8341 #endif 8342 } 8343 8344 static void 8345 ins_del() 8346 { 8347 int temp; 8348 8349 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8350 return; 8351 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ 8352 { 8353 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8354 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ 8355 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) 8356 vim_beep(); 8357 else 8358 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; 8359 } 8360 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ 8361 vim_beep(); 8362 did_ai = FALSE; 8363 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8364 did_si = FALSE; 8365 can_si = FALSE; 8366 can_si_back = FALSE; 8367 #endif 8368 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); 8369 } 8370 8371 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); 8372 8373 /* 8374 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). 8375 */ 8376 static void 8377 ins_bs_one(vcolp) 8378 colnr_T *vcolp; 8379 { 8380 dec_cursor(); 8381 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); 8382 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8383 { 8384 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in 8385 * Replace mode */ 8386 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 8387 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 8388 replace_do_bs(-1); 8389 } 8390 else 8391 (void)del_char(FALSE); 8392 } 8393 8394 /* 8395 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. 8396 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. 8397 */ 8398 static int 8399 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) 8400 int c; 8401 int mode; 8402 int *inserted_space_p; 8403 { 8404 linenr_T lnum; 8405 int cc; 8406 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ 8407 colnr_T save_col; 8408 colnr_T mincol; 8409 int did_backspace = FALSE; 8410 int in_indent; 8411 int oldState; 8412 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8413 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ 8414 #endif 8415 8416 /* 8417 * can't delete anything in an empty file 8418 * can't backup past first character in buffer 8419 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 8420 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 8421 */ 8422 if ( bufempty() 8423 || ( 8424 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8425 !revins_on && 8426 #endif 8427 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 8428 || (!can_bs(BS_START) 8429 && (arrow_used 8430 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8431 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) 8432 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 8433 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) 8434 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) 8435 { 8436 vim_beep(); 8437 return FALSE; 8438 } 8439 8440 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8441 return FALSE; 8442 in_indent = inindent(0); 8443 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8444 if (in_indent) 8445 can_cindent = FALSE; 8446 #endif 8447 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 8448 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ 8449 #endif 8450 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8451 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ 8452 inc_cursor(); 8453 #endif 8454 8455 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8456 /* Virtualedit: 8457 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space 8458 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd 8459 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going 8460 */ 8461 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 8462 { 8463 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 8464 { 8465 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 8466 return TRUE; 8467 } 8468 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) 8469 { 8470 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 8471 return TRUE; 8472 } 8473 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 8474 } 8475 #endif 8476 8477 /* 8478 * delete newline! 8479 */ 8480 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 8481 { 8482 lnum = Insstart.lnum; 8483 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8484 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8485 || revins_on 8486 #endif 8487 ) 8488 { 8489 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), 8490 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) 8491 return FALSE; 8492 --Insstart.lnum; 8493 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; 8494 } 8495 /* 8496 * In replace mode: 8497 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it 8498 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back 8499 */ 8500 cc = -1; 8501 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8502 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ 8503 /* 8504 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the 8505 * cursor. 8506 */ 8507 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) 8508 { 8509 dec_cursor(); 8510 } 8511 else 8512 { 8513 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8514 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8515 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) 8516 #endif 8517 { 8518 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ 8519 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 8520 8521 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at 8522 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken 8523 * again when auto-formatting. */ 8524 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) 8525 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 8526 { 8527 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 8528 TRUE); 8529 int len; 8530 8531 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 8532 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') 8533 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; 8534 } 8535 8536 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE); 8537 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) 8538 inc_cursor(); 8539 } 8540 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8541 else 8542 dec_cursor(); 8543 #endif 8544 8545 /* 8546 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced 8547 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated 8548 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the 8549 * characters that NL replaced. 8550 */ 8551 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8552 { 8553 /* 8554 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to 8555 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and 8556 * avoiding showmatch(). 8557 */ 8558 oldState = State; 8559 State = NORMAL; 8560 /* 8561 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor 8562 */ 8563 while (cc > 0) 8564 { 8565 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8566 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8567 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 8568 #else 8569 ins_char(cc); 8570 #endif 8571 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 8572 cc = replace_pop(); 8573 } 8574 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ 8575 replace_pop_ins(); 8576 State = oldState; 8577 } 8578 } 8579 did_ai = FALSE; 8580 } 8581 else 8582 { 8583 /* 8584 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. 8585 */ 8586 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8587 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ 8588 dec_cursor(); 8589 #endif 8590 mincol = 0; 8591 /* keep indent */ 8592 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE 8593 && (curbuf->b_p_ai 8594 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8595 || cindent_on() 8596 #endif 8597 ) 8598 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8599 && !revins_on 8600 #endif 8601 ) 8602 { 8603 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8604 beginline(BL_WHITE); 8605 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) 8606 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8607 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 8608 } 8609 8610 /* 8611 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. 8612 */ 8613 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR 8614 && ((p_sta && in_indent) 8615 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 8616 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 8617 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB 8618 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' 8619 && (!*inserted_space_p 8620 || arrow_used)))))) 8621 { 8622 int ts; 8623 colnr_T vcol; 8624 colnr_T want_vcol; 8625 colnr_T start_vcol; 8626 8627 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; 8628 if (p_sta && in_indent) 8629 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; 8630 else 8631 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; 8632 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since 8633 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of 8634 * the previous character. */ 8635 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 8636 start_vcol = vcol; 8637 dec_cursor(); 8638 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); 8639 inc_cursor(); 8640 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; 8641 8642 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ 8643 while (vcol > want_vcol 8644 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) 8645 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 8646 8647 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ 8648 while (vcol < want_vcol) 8649 { 8650 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ 8651 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8652 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) 8653 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8654 8655 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8656 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8657 ins_char(' '); 8658 else 8659 #endif 8660 { 8661 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 8662 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 8663 replace_push(NUL); 8664 } 8665 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 8666 } 8667 8668 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can 8669 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ 8670 if (vcol >= start_vcol) 8671 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 8672 } 8673 8674 /* 8675 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. 8676 */ 8677 else do 8678 { 8679 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8680 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ 8681 #endif 8682 dec_cursor(); 8683 8684 /* start of word? */ 8685 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) 8686 { 8687 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; 8688 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); 8689 } 8690 /* end of word? */ 8691 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 8692 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) 8693 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) 8694 { 8695 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8696 if (!revins_on) 8697 #endif 8698 inc_cursor(); 8699 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8700 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8701 dec_cursor(); 8702 #endif 8703 break; 8704 } 8705 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8706 replace_do_bs(-1); 8707 else 8708 { 8709 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8710 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) 8711 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); 8712 #endif 8713 (void)del_char(FALSE); 8714 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8715 /* 8716 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set 8717 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base 8718 * character. 8719 */ 8720 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) 8721 inc_cursor(); 8722 #endif 8723 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8724 if (revins_chars) 8725 { 8726 revins_chars--; 8727 revins_legal++; 8728 } 8729 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 8730 break; 8731 #endif 8732 } 8733 /* Just a single backspace?: */ 8734 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 8735 break; 8736 } while ( 8737 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8738 revins_on || 8739 #endif 8740 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol 8741 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 8742 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); 8743 did_backspace = TRUE; 8744 } 8745 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8746 did_si = FALSE; 8747 can_si = FALSE; 8748 can_si_back = FALSE; 8749 #endif 8750 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) 8751 did_ai = FALSE; 8752 /* 8753 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo 8754 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal 8755 * with. 8756 */ 8757 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 8758 8759 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ 8760 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8761 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) 8762 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8763 8764 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that 8765 * was there remains visible 8766 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that 8767 * was there is erased from the screen. 8768 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar 8769 * displayed even when there isn't. 8770 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ 8771 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0) 8772 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 8773 8774 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 8775 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. 8776 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white 8777 * char before a Tab. */ 8778 if (did_backspace) 8779 foldOpenCursor(); 8780 #endif 8781 8782 return did_backspace; 8783 } 8784 8785 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 8786 static void 8787 ins_mouse(c) 8788 int c; 8789 { 8790 pos_T tpos; 8791 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 8792 8793 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8794 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ 8795 if (!gui.in_use) 8796 # endif 8797 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) 8798 return; 8799 8800 undisplay_dollar(); 8801 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8802 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) 8803 { 8804 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8805 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; 8806 8807 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) 8808 { 8809 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the 8810 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ 8811 curwin = old_curwin; 8812 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 8813 } 8814 #endif 8815 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); 8816 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8817 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) 8818 { 8819 curwin = new_curwin; 8820 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 8821 } 8822 #endif 8823 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8824 can_cindent = TRUE; 8825 # endif 8826 } 8827 8828 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8829 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ 8830 redraw_statuslines(); 8831 #endif 8832 } 8833 8834 static void 8835 ins_mousescroll(dir) 8836 int dir; 8837 { 8838 pos_T tpos; 8839 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8840 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 8841 # endif 8842 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8843 int did_scroll = FALSE; 8844 # endif 8845 8846 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8847 8848 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8849 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ 8850 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) 8851 { 8852 int row, col; 8853 8854 row = mouse_row; 8855 col = mouse_col; 8856 8857 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ 8858 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); 8859 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 8860 } 8861 if (curwin == old_curwin) 8862 # endif 8863 undisplay_dollar(); 8864 8865 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8866 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ 8867 if (!pum_visible() 8868 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8869 || curwin != old_curwin 8870 # endif 8871 ) 8872 # endif 8873 { 8874 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) 8875 { 8876 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 8877 scroll_redraw(dir, 8878 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); 8879 else 8880 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); 8881 } 8882 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8883 else 8884 { 8885 int val, step = 6; 8886 8887 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 8888 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); 8889 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); 8890 if (val < 0) 8891 val = 0; 8892 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); 8893 } 8894 #endif 8895 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8896 did_scroll = TRUE; 8897 # endif 8898 } 8899 8900 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8901 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 8902 8903 curwin = old_curwin; 8904 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 8905 # endif 8906 8907 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8908 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. 8909 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are 8910 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ 8911 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) 8912 { 8913 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); 8914 ins_compl_show_pum(); 8915 } 8916 # endif 8917 8918 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) 8919 { 8920 start_arrow(&tpos); 8921 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8922 can_cindent = TRUE; 8923 # endif 8924 } 8925 } 8926 #endif 8927 8928 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 8929 static void 8930 ins_tabline(c) 8931 int c; 8932 { 8933 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ 8934 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE 8935 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) 8936 { 8937 undisplay_dollar(); 8938 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 8939 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8940 can_cindent = TRUE; 8941 # endif 8942 } 8943 8944 if (c == K_TABLINE) 8945 goto_tabpage(current_tab); 8946 else 8947 { 8948 handle_tabmenu(); 8949 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ 8950 } 8951 } 8952 #endif 8953 8954 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 8955 void 8956 ins_scroll() 8957 { 8958 pos_T tpos; 8959 8960 undisplay_dollar(); 8961 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8962 if (gui_do_scroll()) 8963 { 8964 start_arrow(&tpos); 8965 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8966 can_cindent = TRUE; 8967 # endif 8968 } 8969 } 8970 8971 void 8972 ins_horscroll() 8973 { 8974 pos_T tpos; 8975 8976 undisplay_dollar(); 8977 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8978 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) 8979 { 8980 start_arrow(&tpos); 8981 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8982 can_cindent = TRUE; 8983 # endif 8984 } 8985 } 8986 #endif 8987 8988 static void 8989 ins_left() 8990 { 8991 pos_T tpos; 8992 8993 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 8994 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 8995 foldOpenCursor(); 8996 #endif 8997 undisplay_dollar(); 8998 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8999 if (oneleft() == OK) 9000 { 9001 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 9002 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will 9003 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ 9004 if (!im_is_preediting()) 9005 #endif 9006 start_arrow(&tpos); 9007 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9008 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ 9009 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) 9010 revins_legal++; 9011 revins_chars++; 9012 #endif 9013 } 9014 9015 /* 9016 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to 9017 * previous line 9018 */ 9019 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 9020 { 9021 start_arrow(&tpos); 9022 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 9023 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9024 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ 9025 } 9026 else 9027 vim_beep(); 9028 } 9029 9030 static void 9031 ins_home(c) 9032 int c; 9033 { 9034 pos_T tpos; 9035 9036 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9037 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9038 foldOpenCursor(); 9039 #endif 9040 undisplay_dollar(); 9041 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9042 if (c == K_C_HOME) 9043 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; 9044 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9045 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9046 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 9047 #endif 9048 curwin->w_curswant = 0; 9049 start_arrow(&tpos); 9050 } 9051 9052 static void 9053 ins_end(c) 9054 int c; 9055 { 9056 pos_T tpos; 9057 9058 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9059 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9060 foldOpenCursor(); 9061 #endif 9062 undisplay_dollar(); 9063 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9064 if (c == K_C_END) 9065 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 9066 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9067 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; 9068 9069 start_arrow(&tpos); 9070 } 9071 9072 static void 9073 ins_s_left() 9074 { 9075 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9076 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9077 foldOpenCursor(); 9078 #endif 9079 undisplay_dollar(); 9080 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 9081 { 9082 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9083 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); 9084 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9085 } 9086 else 9087 vim_beep(); 9088 } 9089 9090 static void 9091 ins_right() 9092 { 9093 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9094 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9095 foldOpenCursor(); 9096 #endif 9097 undisplay_dollar(); 9098 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL 9099 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9100 || virtual_active() 9101 #endif 9102 ) 9103 { 9104 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9105 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9106 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9107 if (virtual_active()) 9108 oneright(); 9109 else 9110 #endif 9111 { 9112 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9113 if (has_mbyte) 9114 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); 9115 else 9116 #endif 9117 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 9118 } 9119 9120 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9121 revins_legal++; 9122 if (revins_chars) 9123 revins_chars--; 9124 #endif 9125 } 9126 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the 9127 * cursor to the next line */ 9128 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL 9129 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 9130 { 9131 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9132 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9133 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 9134 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9135 } 9136 else 9137 vim_beep(); 9138 } 9139 9140 static void 9141 ins_s_right() 9142 { 9143 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9144 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9145 foldOpenCursor(); 9146 #endif 9147 undisplay_dollar(); 9148 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 9149 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) 9150 { 9151 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9152 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); 9153 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9154 } 9155 else 9156 vim_beep(); 9157 } 9158 9159 static void 9160 ins_up(startcol) 9161 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9162 { 9163 pos_T tpos; 9164 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9165 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9166 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9167 #endif 9168 9169 undisplay_dollar(); 9170 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9171 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9172 { 9173 if (startcol) 9174 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9175 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9176 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9177 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9178 #endif 9179 ) 9180 redraw_later(VALID); 9181 start_arrow(&tpos); 9182 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9183 can_cindent = TRUE; 9184 #endif 9185 } 9186 else 9187 vim_beep(); 9188 } 9189 9190 static void 9191 ins_pageup() 9192 { 9193 pos_T tpos; 9194 9195 undisplay_dollar(); 9196 9197 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9198 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9199 { 9200 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ 9201 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9202 { 9203 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9204 goto_tabpage(-1); 9205 } 9206 return; 9207 } 9208 #endif 9209 9210 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9211 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) 9212 { 9213 start_arrow(&tpos); 9214 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9215 can_cindent = TRUE; 9216 #endif 9217 } 9218 else 9219 vim_beep(); 9220 } 9221 9222 static void 9223 ins_down(startcol) 9224 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9225 { 9226 pos_T tpos; 9227 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9228 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9229 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9230 #endif 9231 9232 undisplay_dollar(); 9233 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9234 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9235 { 9236 if (startcol) 9237 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9238 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9239 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9240 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9241 #endif 9242 ) 9243 redraw_later(VALID); 9244 start_arrow(&tpos); 9245 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9246 can_cindent = TRUE; 9247 #endif 9248 } 9249 else 9250 vim_beep(); 9251 } 9252 9253 static void 9254 ins_pagedown() 9255 { 9256 pos_T tpos; 9257 9258 undisplay_dollar(); 9259 9260 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9261 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9262 { 9263 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ 9264 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9265 { 9266 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9267 goto_tabpage(0); 9268 } 9269 return; 9270 } 9271 #endif 9272 9273 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9274 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) 9275 { 9276 start_arrow(&tpos); 9277 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9278 can_cindent = TRUE; 9279 #endif 9280 } 9281 else 9282 vim_beep(); 9283 } 9284 9285 #ifdef FEAT_DND 9286 static void 9287 ins_drop() 9288 { 9289 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); 9290 } 9291 #endif 9292 9293 /* 9294 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. 9295 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. 9296 */ 9297 static int 9298 ins_tab() 9299 { 9300 int ind; 9301 int i; 9302 int temp; 9303 9304 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 9305 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 9306 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) 9307 return FALSE; 9308 9309 ind = inindent(0); 9310 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9311 if (ind) 9312 can_cindent = FALSE; 9313 #endif 9314 9315 /* 9316 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character 9317 */ 9318 if (!curbuf->b_p_et 9319 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) 9320 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) 9321 return TRUE; 9322 9323 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 9324 return TRUE; 9325 9326 did_ai = FALSE; 9327 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9328 did_si = FALSE; 9329 can_si = FALSE; 9330 can_si_back = FALSE; 9331 #endif 9332 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); 9333 9334 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ 9335 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; 9336 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ 9337 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; 9338 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ 9339 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; 9340 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; 9341 9342 /* 9343 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in 9344 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any 9345 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. 9346 */ 9347 ins_char(' '); 9348 while (--temp > 0) 9349 { 9350 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9351 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9352 ins_char(' '); 9353 else 9354 #endif 9355 { 9356 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 9357 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ 9358 replace_push(NUL); 9359 } 9360 } 9361 9362 /* 9363 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. 9364 */ 9365 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) 9366 { 9367 char_u *ptr; 9368 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9369 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9370 pos_T pos; 9371 #endif 9372 pos_T fpos; 9373 pos_T *cursor; 9374 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; 9375 int change_col = -1; 9376 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; 9377 9378 /* 9379 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes 9380 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. 9381 */ 9382 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9383 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9384 { 9385 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 9386 cursor = &pos; 9387 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 9388 if (saved_line == NULL) 9389 return FALSE; 9390 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; 9391 } 9392 else 9393 #endif 9394 { 9395 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 9396 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; 9397 } 9398 9399 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ 9400 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 9401 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 9402 9403 /* Find first white before the cursor */ 9404 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9405 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) 9406 { 9407 --fpos.col; 9408 --ptr; 9409 } 9410 9411 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ 9412 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9413 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum 9414 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 9415 { 9416 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; 9417 fpos.col = Insstart.col; 9418 } 9419 9420 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ 9421 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 9422 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); 9423 9424 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and 9425 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ 9426 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) 9427 { 9428 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); 9429 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) 9430 break; 9431 if (*ptr != TAB) 9432 { 9433 *ptr = TAB; 9434 if (change_col < 0) 9435 { 9436 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ 9437 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ 9438 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 9439 Insstart.col = fpos.col; 9440 } 9441 } 9442 ++fpos.col; 9443 ++ptr; 9444 vcol += i; 9445 } 9446 9447 if (change_col >= 0) 9448 { 9449 int repl_off = 0; 9450 9451 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ 9452 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') 9453 { 9454 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); 9455 ++ptr; 9456 ++repl_off; 9457 } 9458 if (vcol > want_vcol) 9459 { 9460 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ 9461 --ptr; 9462 --repl_off; 9463 } 9464 fpos.col += repl_off; 9465 9466 /* Delete following spaces. */ 9467 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; 9468 if (i > 0) 9469 { 9470 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); 9471 /* correct replace stack. */ 9472 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9473 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9474 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9475 #endif 9476 ) 9477 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) 9478 replace_join(repl_off); 9479 } 9480 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 9481 if (netbeans_active()) 9482 { 9483 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); 9484 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, 9485 (char_u *)"\t", 1); 9486 } 9487 #endif 9488 cursor->col -= i; 9489 9490 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9491 /* 9492 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by 9493 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new 9494 * spacing. 9495 */ 9496 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9497 { 9498 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ 9499 backspace_until_column(change_col); 9500 9501 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to 9502 * ptr-cursor */ 9503 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, 9504 cursor->col - change_col); 9505 } 9506 #endif 9507 } 9508 9509 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9510 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9511 vim_free(saved_line); 9512 #endif 9513 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; 9514 } 9515 9516 return FALSE; 9517 } 9518 9519 /* 9520 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. 9521 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. 9522 */ 9523 static int 9524 ins_eol(c) 9525 int c; 9526 { 9527 int i; 9528 9529 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) 9530 return FALSE; 9531 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 9532 return TRUE; 9533 undisplay_dollar(); 9534 9535 /* 9536 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the 9537 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, 9538 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. 9539 */ 9540 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9541 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9542 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9543 #endif 9544 ) 9545 replace_push(NUL); 9546 9547 /* 9548 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts 9549 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the 9550 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done 9551 * in open_line(). 9552 */ 9553 9554 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9555 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after 9556 * CTRL-O). */ 9557 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 9558 coladvance(getviscol()); 9559 #endif 9560 9561 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9562 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 9563 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) 9564 fkmap(NL); 9565 # endif 9566 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of 9567 * current line. */ 9568 if (revins_on) 9569 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 9570 #endif 9571 9572 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); 9573 i = open_line(FORWARD, 9574 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 9575 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 9576 #endif 9577 0, old_indent); 9578 old_indent = 0; 9579 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9580 can_cindent = TRUE; 9581 #endif 9582 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9583 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ 9584 foldOpenCursor(); 9585 #endif 9586 9587 return (!i); 9588 } 9589 9590 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 9591 /* 9592 * Handle digraph in insert mode. 9593 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be 9594 * done. 9595 */ 9596 static int 9597 ins_digraph() 9598 { 9599 int c; 9600 int cc; 9601 9602 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 9603 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 9604 { 9605 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 9606 ins_redraw(FALSE); 9607 9608 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); 9609 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9610 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); 9611 #endif 9612 } 9613 9614 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 9615 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 9616 #endif 9617 9618 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the 9619 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ 9620 ++no_mapping; 9621 ++allow_keys; 9622 c = plain_vgetc(); 9623 --no_mapping; 9624 --allow_keys; 9625 edit_unputchar(); /* when line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start 9626 of the next line and will not be redrawn */ 9627 9628 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ 9629 { 9630 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9631 clear_showcmd(); 9632 #endif 9633 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 9634 return NUL; 9635 } 9636 if (c != ESC) 9637 { 9638 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 9639 { 9640 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 9641 ins_redraw(FALSE); 9642 9643 if (char2cells(c) == 1) 9644 { 9645 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing 9646 * an ESC next */ 9647 edit_unputchar(); 9648 ins_redraw(FALSE); 9649 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); 9650 } 9651 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9652 add_to_showcmd_c(c); 9653 #endif 9654 } 9655 ++no_mapping; 9656 ++allow_keys; 9657 cc = plain_vgetc(); 9658 --no_mapping; 9659 --allow_keys; 9660 edit_unputchar(); /* when line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the 9661 start of the next line and will not be redrawn */ 9662 if (cc != ESC) 9663 { 9664 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); 9665 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); 9666 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9667 clear_showcmd(); 9668 #endif 9669 return c; 9670 } 9671 } 9672 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9673 clear_showcmd(); 9674 #endif 9675 return NUL; 9676 } 9677 #endif 9678 9679 /* 9680 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. 9681 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. 9682 */ 9683 static int 9684 ins_copychar(lnum) 9685 linenr_T lnum; 9686 { 9687 int c; 9688 int temp; 9689 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; 9690 9691 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 9692 { 9693 vim_beep(); 9694 return NUL; 9695 } 9696 9697 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ 9698 temp = 0; 9699 ptr = ml_get(lnum); 9700 prev_ptr = ptr; 9701 validate_virtcol(); 9702 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) 9703 { 9704 prev_ptr = ptr; 9705 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); 9706 } 9707 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) 9708 ptr = prev_ptr; 9709 9710 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9711 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); 9712 #else 9713 c = *ptr; 9714 #endif 9715 if (c == NUL) 9716 vim_beep(); 9717 return c; 9718 } 9719 9720 /* 9721 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. 9722 */ 9723 static int 9724 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) 9725 int tc; 9726 { 9727 int c = tc; 9728 9729 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9730 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 9731 { 9732 if (c == Ctrl_Y) 9733 scrolldown_clamp(); 9734 else 9735 scrollup_clamp(); 9736 redraw_later(VALID); 9737 } 9738 else 9739 #endif 9740 { 9741 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); 9742 if (c != NUL) 9743 { 9744 long tw_save; 9745 9746 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it 9747 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' 9748 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a 9749 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ 9750 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) 9751 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 9752 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; 9753 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; 9754 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 9755 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; 9756 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9757 revins_chars++; 9758 revins_legal++; 9759 #endif 9760 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ 9761 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 9762 } 9763 } 9764 return c; 9765 } 9766 9767 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9768 /* 9769 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. 9770 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. 9771 */ 9772 static void 9773 ins_try_si(c) 9774 int c; 9775 { 9776 pos_T *pos, old_pos; 9777 char_u *ptr; 9778 int i; 9779 int temp; 9780 9781 /* 9782 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' 9783 */ 9784 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) 9785 { 9786 /* 9787 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' 9788 */ 9789 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) 9790 { 9791 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 9792 /* 9793 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring 9794 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line 9795 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the 9796 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple 9797 * lines -- webb 9798 */ 9799 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); 9800 i = pos->col; 9801 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ 9802 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) 9803 ; 9804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; 9805 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; 9806 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) 9807 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; 9808 i = get_indent(); 9809 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 9810 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9811 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9812 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 9813 else 9814 #endif 9815 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); 9816 } 9817 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 9818 { 9819 /* 9820 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not 9821 * more than indent of previous line 9822 */ 9823 temp = TRUE; 9824 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 9825 { 9826 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 9827 i = get_indent(); 9828 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 9829 { 9830 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); 9831 9832 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ 9833 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) 9834 break; 9835 } 9836 if (get_indent() >= i) 9837 temp = FALSE; 9838 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 9839 } 9840 if (temp) 9841 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); 9842 } 9843 } 9844 9845 /* 9846 * set indent of '#' always to 0 9847 */ 9848 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') 9849 { 9850 /* remember current indent for next line */ 9851 old_indent = get_indent(); 9852 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); 9853 } 9854 9855 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ 9856 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) 9857 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9858 } 9859 #endif 9860 9861 /* 9862 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. 9863 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. 9864 */ 9865 static colnr_T 9866 get_nolist_virtcol() 9867 { 9868 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 9869 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 9870 validate_virtcol(); 9871 return curwin->w_virtcol; 9872 } 9873